WO2025034570A2 - Articles, systems, and methods for electrochemically generating chemical products - Google Patents

Articles, systems, and methods for electrochemically generating chemical products Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2025034570A2
WO2025034570A2 PCT/US2024/040779 US2024040779W WO2025034570A2 WO 2025034570 A2 WO2025034570 A2 WO 2025034570A2 US 2024040779 W US2024040779 W US 2024040779W WO 2025034570 A2 WO2025034570 A2 WO 2025034570A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
equal
electrode
less
solution
substrate
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2024/040779
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2025034570A3 (en
Inventor
Mengqi ZHANG
Ming Qi
Jon Owejan
Steven Goebel
Alan Pezeshki
Asa Roy
Matthew Sodl
Original Assignee
Phase Two Chemicals Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from US18/365,956 external-priority patent/US20250043448A1/en
Priority claimed from US18/365,962 external-priority patent/US20250043437A1/en
Priority claimed from US18/365,901 external-priority patent/US20250043447A1/en
Priority claimed from US18/365,934 external-priority patent/US20250043436A1/en
Application filed by Phase Two Chemicals Inc. filed Critical Phase Two Chemicals Inc.
Publication of WO2025034570A2 publication Critical patent/WO2025034570A2/en
Publication of WO2025034570A3 publication Critical patent/WO2025034570A3/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C25ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PROCESSES; APPARATUS THEREFOR
    • C25BELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PROCESSES FOR THE PRODUCTION OF COMPOUNDS OR NON-METALS; APPARATUS THEREFOR
    • C25B1/00Electrolytic production of inorganic compounds or non-metals
    • C25B1/01Products
    • C25B1/28Per-compounds
    • C25B1/30Peroxides
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C25ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PROCESSES; APPARATUS THEREFOR
    • C25BELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PROCESSES FOR THE PRODUCTION OF COMPOUNDS OR NON-METALS; APPARATUS THEREFOR
    • C25B1/00Electrolytic production of inorganic compounds or non-metals
    • C25B1/01Products
    • C25B1/27Ammonia
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C25ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PROCESSES; APPARATUS THEREFOR
    • C25BELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PROCESSES FOR THE PRODUCTION OF COMPOUNDS OR NON-METALS; APPARATUS THEREFOR
    • C25B1/00Electrolytic production of inorganic compounds or non-metals
    • C25B1/01Products
    • C25B1/34Simultaneous production of alkali metal hydroxides and chlorine, oxyacids or salts of chlorine, e.g. by chlor-alkali electrolysis
    • C25B1/46Simultaneous production of alkali metal hydroxides and chlorine, oxyacids or salts of chlorine, e.g. by chlor-alkali electrolysis in diaphragm cells
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C25ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PROCESSES; APPARATUS THEREFOR
    • C25BELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PROCESSES FOR THE PRODUCTION OF COMPOUNDS OR NON-METALS; APPARATUS THEREFOR
    • C25B11/00Electrodes; Manufacture thereof not otherwise provided for
    • C25B11/04Electrodes; Manufacture thereof not otherwise provided for characterised by the material
    • C25B11/051Electrodes formed of electrocatalysts on a substrate or carrier
    • C25B11/052Electrodes comprising one or more electrocatalytic coatings on a substrate
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C25ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PROCESSES; APPARATUS THEREFOR
    • C25BELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PROCESSES FOR THE PRODUCTION OF COMPOUNDS OR NON-METALS; APPARATUS THEREFOR
    • C25B11/00Electrodes; Manufacture thereof not otherwise provided for
    • C25B11/04Electrodes; Manufacture thereof not otherwise provided for characterised by the material
    • C25B11/051Electrodes formed of electrocatalysts on a substrate or carrier
    • C25B11/055Electrodes formed of electrocatalysts on a substrate or carrier characterised by the substrate or carrier material
    • C25B11/056Electrodes formed of electrocatalysts on a substrate or carrier characterised by the substrate or carrier material consisting of textile or non-woven fabric
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C25ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PROCESSES; APPARATUS THEREFOR
    • C25BELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PROCESSES FOR THE PRODUCTION OF COMPOUNDS OR NON-METALS; APPARATUS THEREFOR
    • C25B11/00Electrodes; Manufacture thereof not otherwise provided for
    • C25B11/04Electrodes; Manufacture thereof not otherwise provided for characterised by the material
    • C25B11/051Electrodes formed of electrocatalysts on a substrate or carrier
    • C25B11/055Electrodes formed of electrocatalysts on a substrate or carrier characterised by the substrate or carrier material
    • C25B11/057Electrodes formed of electrocatalysts on a substrate or carrier characterised by the substrate or carrier material consisting of a single element or compound
    • C25B11/065Carbon
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C25ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PROCESSES; APPARATUS THEREFOR
    • C25BELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PROCESSES FOR THE PRODUCTION OF COMPOUNDS OR NON-METALS; APPARATUS THEREFOR
    • C25B11/00Electrodes; Manufacture thereof not otherwise provided for
    • C25B11/04Electrodes; Manufacture thereof not otherwise provided for characterised by the material
    • C25B11/051Electrodes formed of electrocatalysts on a substrate or carrier
    • C25B11/073Electrodes formed of electrocatalysts on a substrate or carrier characterised by the electrocatalyst material
    • C25B11/075Electrodes formed of electrocatalysts on a substrate or carrier characterised by the electrocatalyst material consisting of a single catalytic element or catalytic compound
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C25ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PROCESSES; APPARATUS THEREFOR
    • C25BELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PROCESSES FOR THE PRODUCTION OF COMPOUNDS OR NON-METALS; APPARATUS THEREFOR
    • C25B3/00Electrolytic production of organic compounds
    • C25B3/20Processes
    • C25B3/25Reduction
    • C25B3/26Reduction of carbon dioxide
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01MPROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
    • H01M8/00Fuel cells; Manufacture thereof
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02EREDUCTION OF GREENHOUSE GAS [GHG] EMISSIONS, RELATED TO ENERGY GENERATION, TRANSMISSION OR DISTRIBUTION
    • Y02E60/00Enabling technologies; Technologies with a potential or indirect contribution to GHG emissions mitigation
    • Y02E60/30Hydrogen technology
    • Y02E60/50Fuel cells

Definitions

  • Electrochemical systems are used for a variety of applications, ranging from electrocatalytic chemical generation to energy storage. Many of these electrochemical systems, however, are run at relatively low efficiencies due to side reactions, slow kinetics of the reaction of interest at the relevant electrode structures, and/or slow mass transport inhibiting the rate of the reaction of interest. Moreover, the design of systems and related methods for generating chemicals of interest may not be configured for continuous and efficient operation, for example, due to the generation of precipitates in the system which may poison or otherwise block active sites on the electrode surface and/or cause the electrode pore structure to rupture. Accordingly, improved electrode structures, systems, and methods are needed.
  • an electrode comprises a non-woven substrate including fibers comprising carbon; a first hydrophobic polymer formed on at least a portion of the non-woven substrate; and a catalyst layer comprising a second hydrophobic polymer and an active material comprising carbon, the active material having a surface area of greater than or equal to 5 m 2 /g and less than or equal to 5,000 m 2 /g and formed on at least a portion of the non-woven substrate and/or the first hydrophobic polymer.
  • an electrode comprises a non-woven substrate including fibers comprising carbon; and a plurality of hydrophobic regions distributed on at least a portion of the non-woven substrate, wherein at least a portion of the plurality is at least partially surrounded by a hydrophilic region.
  • the first hydrophobic polymer comprises polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) particles.
  • the second hydrophobic polymer comprises polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) particles.
  • the first and/or the second hydrophobic polymer comprises a PTFE powder and/or PTFE micropowder.
  • the non-woven substrate has a porosity of at least 0.85. In some embodiments, a thickness of the non-woven substrate is greater than or equal to 0.75 mm. In some embodiments, a thickness of the non-woven substrate is greater than or equal to 2 mm. In some embodiments, the thickness is an uncompressed thickness. In some embodiments, the non-woven substrate has an uncompressed thickness, the substrate has a compressed thickness when incorporated into an electrochemical system, and a ratio of the uncompressed thickness to the compressed thickness is greater than or equal to 1.05 and less than or equal to 2.0. In some embodiments, the non-woven substrate comprises elemental carbon. In some embodiments, the non-woven substrate comprises carbon felt. In some embodiments, the non-woven substrate is carbon felt.
  • the average largest cross-sectional dimension of the PTFE particles is no more than 25 microns.
  • the PTFE particles form the plurality of hydrophobic regions.
  • the plurality of hydrophobic regions comprises a hydrophobic polymer.
  • the hydrophobic polymer is PTFE.
  • the hydrophilic region comprises carbon.
  • the PTFE particles infiltrate at least 5% of a thickness of the non-woven substrate.
  • the PTFE particles infiltrate through a thickness of the non-woven substrate.
  • the first and/or second hydrophobic polymer comprises PTFE from a dispersion and/or emulsion.
  • the first and/or second hydrophobic polymer comprises a mixture of PTFE powder and/or micropowder and/or PTFE from a dispersion and/or emulsion.
  • the system comprises an electrode comprising a non-woven substrate including fibers comprising carbon; and a plurality of hydrophobic regions distributed on at least a portion of the non-woven substrate, wherein at least a portion of the plurality is at least partially surrounded by a hydrophilic region.
  • the system comprises an electrode comprising a non-woven substrate including fibers comprising carbon; a first hydrophobic polymer formed on at least a portion of the non-woven substrate; and a catalyst layer comprising a second hydrophobic polymer and an active material comprising carbon, the active material having a surface area of greater than or equal to 5 m 2 /g and less than or equal to 5,000 m 2 /g and formed on at least a portion of the nonwoven substrate and/or the first hydrophobic polymer.
  • the electrode is configured to electrogenerate a compound.
  • the electrode is configured to electrogenerated hydrogen peroxide.
  • the system is configured to operate at a faradaic efficiency for generating hydrogen peroxide of greater than or equal to 95%.
  • the electrode comprises a non-woven substrate including fibers comprising carbon; a first hydrophobic polymer formed on at least a portion of the non-woven substrate; and a catalyst layer comprising a second hydrophobic polymer and an active material comprising carbon, wherein the electrode is configured to electrochemically generate hydrogen peroxide at a current density of greater than or equal to 300 mA/cm 2 at a voltage of less than or equal to 1.5 V for greater than or equal to 1,000 hours when configured in a system comprising greater than or equal to 0.001 M and less than or equal to 4.8 M OH", greater than or equal to 0.001 M and less than or equal to 2 M H2O2, and having an average temperature of at least 35 degrees C.
  • a counterion to the OH" is an alkali metal. In some embodiments, the counterion to the OH" is Na + and/or K + . In some embodiments, a molecular ratio of OH + to H2O2 in the system is approximately 2 to 1.
  • the method comprises mixing a liquid and a gas to form a two-phase solution; flowing the two-phase solution over and/or through at least a portion of an electrode comprising a substrate including non-woven fibers comprising carbon; and applying a voltage to the electrode such that at least a portion of the gas participates in a reaction to electrochemically generate a compound at the electrode.
  • the gas prior to mixing the liquid and the gas to form the two-phase solution, the gas is passed through a liquid ring compressor.
  • a hydrophobic polymer and/or a catalyst layer is on the substrate.
  • the electrode is contained in an electrochemical system having a volume of greater than or equal to 100 cm 3 , and a flow rate of a liquid of the two-phase solution is greater than or equal to 30 mL/min and/or a mass flow rate of a gas of the two-phase solution is greater than or equal to 0.2 slpm.
  • the electrode has an electrochemically active geometric area greater than or equal to 1 cm 2 , and a flow rate of a liquid of the two-phase solution is greater than or equal to 30 mL/min and/or a mass flow rate of a gas of the two-phase solution is greater than or equal to 0.2 slpm.
  • the flow rate of the liquid and/or the mass flow rate of the gas is on a per single cell basis.
  • the flow rate of a liquid of the two-phase solution is greater than or equal to 200 mL/min and a mass flow rate of a gas of the two-phase solution is greater than or equal to 5 slpm.
  • the flow rate of the liquid and/or the mass flow rate of the gas is on a per single cell basis.
  • the compound is hydrogen peroxide.
  • the gas comprises oxygen.
  • the liquid comprises an alkali hydroxide.
  • the liquid is flowed at a rate of at least 5 mL/min.
  • the gas is flowed at a mass flow rate of at least 0.5 slpm.
  • the flow rate of the liquid and/or the mass flow rate of the gas is on a per single cell basis.
  • the electrode is a cathode in a system.
  • the hydrophobic polymer is a first hydrophobic polymer and the catalyst layer comprises a second hydrophobic polymer and/or an active material comprising carbon, and the catalyst layer is formed on at least a portion of the non-woven substrate and/or the first hydrophobic polymer.
  • the active material has a surface area of greater than or equal to 5 m 2 /g and less than or equal to 5,000 m 2 /g.
  • the first and/or second hydrophobic polymer comprises PTFE particles.
  • the catalyst layer comprises less than or equal to 0.01 wt% metal.
  • the method comprises flowing a solution over at least a portion of a surface area of an electrode in a compartment; electrochemically generating a compound in the solution at the electrode; flowing the solution from the electrode through an outlet of the compartment; and recirculating at least a portion of the solution from the outlet of the compartment to an inlet of the compartment such that the compound is present in the solution in an amount of greater than or equal to 0.2 wt%.
  • the method further comprises flowing the recirculated solution over and/or through at least the portion of the surface area of the electrode.
  • the method further comprises withdrawing at least a portion of the solution comprising the electrogenerated compound.
  • the compound is hydrogen peroxide.
  • the electrode is part of a system comprising at least one gas manifold and at least one liquid manifold, wherein the at least one gas manifold and at least one liquid manifold feeds only one intersection of a gas and liquid inlet within a cathode or anode flow plate and/or flow frame within a cell.
  • the electrode comprises a substrate including non-woven fibers comprising carbon.
  • a hydrophobic polymer and/or a catalyst layer is on the substrate.
  • the electrode is a cathode in a system.
  • the hydrophobic polymer is a first hydrophobic polymer and the catalyst layer comprises a second hydrophobic polymer and/or an active material comprising carbon, and the catalyst layer is formed on at least a portion of the non-woven substrate and/or the first hydrophobic polymer.
  • the active material has a surface area of greater than or equal to 5 m 2 /g and less than or equal to 5,000 m 2 /g.
  • the first and/or second hydrophobic polymer comprises PTFE particles.
  • the catalyst layer comprises less than or equal to 0.01 wt% metal. Still other aspects are related to methods.
  • a method of modifying an electrode comprises providing the electrode comprising a non-woven substrate including fibers comprising carbon; pretreating the electrode by applying a first solution comprising a liquid having a vapor pressure of greater than or equal to 1 kPa and a first hydrophobic polymer to the electrode; and applying a second solution comprising a second hydrophobic polymer and/or PTFE binder and an active material comprising carbon to the electrode.
  • the liquid in the first solution comprises an organic solvent.
  • the liquid in the first solution comprises a polar organic solvent.
  • the liquid in the first solution comprises an alcohol.
  • the liquid in the first solution comprises isopropyl alcohol.
  • the second solution comprises water.
  • the second solution comprises a surfactant.
  • the non-woven substrate comprises a carbon felt.
  • the method further comprises heating the electrode. In some embodiments, heating the electrode occurs in an atmosphere having a temperature of greater than or equal to 380 degrees C. In some embodiments, heating the electrode occurs in a non-oxidative atmosphere. In some embodiments, the non-oxidative atmosphere contains less than or equal to 1 wt% oxygen. In some embodiments, heating the electrode occurs in an atmosphere comprising N2 and/or Ar. In some embodiments, the method further comprises repeating the step of pretreating the electrode.
  • the liquid in the first solution has a vapor pressure of less than or equal to 30 kPa.
  • the first hydrophobic polymer comprises polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) particles.
  • the second hydrophobic polymer comprises polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) particles.
  • the polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) particles of the first and/or second hydrophobic polymer are from a PTFE powder and/or micropowder.
  • the method of electrochemically generating a compound comprises purging an electrode stack by flowing gas through the electrode stack; flowing water through the electrode stack; flowing an electrolyte through the electrode stack for greater than or equal to 1 minute while an absolute magnitude of an applied current is less than or equal to 0.1 mA/cm 2 ; increasing the absolute magnitude of the applied current density by an amount greater than or equal to 15 mA/cm 2 and less than or equal to 125 mA/cm 2 every 5 minutes until the applied current density reaches at least 150 mA/cm 2 ; electrochemically generating a compound in the electrode stack and heating the electrode stack to at least 35 degrees C while the applied current remains at least at 150 mA/cm 2 ; and increasing the absolute magnitude of the applied current to at least 300 mA/cm 2 .
  • the water flowing through the electrode stack is deionized water.
  • the absolute magnitude of the applied current density is increased by 30 mA/cm 2 every 5 minutes until the applied current density reaches at least 150 mA/cm 2 .
  • the compound is hydrogen peroxide.
  • heating the electrode stack comprises joule heating.
  • heating the electrode stack comprises heating the electrolyte solution.
  • heating the electrolyte solution comprises joule heating.
  • heating the electrolyte solution comprises using a resistive heating coil.
  • heating the electrolyte solution comprises using a resistive heating coil.
  • heating the electrode stack comprises using a heat exchanger.
  • an average temperature of the electrolyte solution is at least 35 degrees C when flowing into and/or through the electrode stack.
  • the absolute magnitude of the applied current density is increased by less than or equal to 10 mA/cm 2 /min.
  • electrochemically generating a compound occurs at an electrode in the electrode stack.
  • the electrode comprises a substrate including non-woven fibers comprising carbon.
  • the electrode further comprises a first hydrophobic polymer formed on at least a portion of the substrate.
  • the electrode further comprises a catalyst layer comprising a second hydrophobic polymer and/or an active material on at least a portion of the substrate.
  • the first hydrophobic polymer and/or the second hydrophobic polymer comprises polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) particles.
  • the first hydrophobic polymer comprises polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) particles.
  • the second hydrophobic polymer comprises polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) particles.
  • the active material comprises carbon. In some embodiments, the active material comprises less than or equal to 0.01 wt% metal. In some embodiments, the substrate comprises a carbon felt.
  • the method of shutting down an electrode stack comprises electrochemically generating a compound in the electrode stack; decreasing an absolute magnitude of an applied current to the electrode stack to less than or equal to 0.1 mA/cm 2 ; flowing liquid through the electrode stack for greater than or equal to 1 minute while the absolute magnitude of the applied current less than or equal to 0.1 mA/cm 2 ; flowing gas through the electrode stack to purge the electrode stack of liquid.
  • a flow rate of the liquid is greater than or equal to 0.2 mL/min and less than or equal to 5,000 mL/min on a per single cell basis. In some embodiments, a mass flow rate of the gas is greater than or equal to 0.2 slpm and less than or equal to 50 slpm on a per single cell basis.
  • the method further comprises flowing water through the electrode stack. In some embodiments, the gas and the water are flowed through the electrode stack at the same time in the form of a two-phase solution. In some embodiments, the water flowing through the electrode stack is deionized (DI) water. In some embodiments, the gas is free of any CO2 or contains less than or equal to 5 wt% of CO2.
  • the method of cleaning an electrode stack comprises electrochemically generating a compound in the electrode stack; decreasing an absolute magnitude of an applied current to the electrode stack to less than or equal to 0.1 mA/cm 2 ; removing a precipitate from the electrode stack by flowing a solution comprising a reducing agent and/or a chelating agent for less than or equal to 5 minutes; and flowing water through the electrode stack for greater than or equal to 30 minutes.
  • the water flowing through the electrode stack is deionized (DI) water.
  • DI deionized
  • the electrode stack is cleaned at least once a year.
  • the method further comprises flowing a gas through the electrode stack to dry the electrode stack.
  • the gas is free of CO2 or contains less than or equal to 5 wt% of CO2.
  • the gas and the water e.g., DI water
  • the gas and the water are flowed through the electrode stack at the same time in the form of a two-phase solution.
  • the gas prior to flowing through the electrode stack, the gas is passed through a liquid ring compressor.
  • a lifetime of the electrode stack that is cleaned at least once a year is greater than or equal to 10,000 hours of continuous operation.
  • electrochemically generating a compound occurs at an electrode in the electrode stack.
  • the electrode comprises a substrate including non-woven fibers comprising carbon.
  • the electrode further comprises a first hydrophobic polymer formed on at least a portion of the substrate. In some embodiments, the electrode further comprises a catalyst layer comprising a second hydrophobic polymer and/or an active material on at least a portion of the substrate. In some embodiments, the first hydrophobic polymer comprises polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) particles. In some embodiments, the second hydrophobic polymer comprises polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) particles. In some embodiments, the active material comprises carbon. In some embodiments, the active material comprises less than or equal to 0.01 wt% metal. In some embodiments, the substrate comprises a carbon felt. In some embodiments, the reducing agent comprises sodium hydrosulfite, sodium metabisulfite, and/or sodium sulfite. In some embodiments, the chelating agent comprises citric acid.
  • a method of treating an electrochemical system comprises exposing at least a portion of an electrode of an electrochemical system that has undergone at least 100 hours of operation at a current density of greater than or equal to 20 mA/cm 2 to a treatment solution comprising a reducing agent and/or a chelating agent.
  • the electrochemical system has undergone at least 1,000 hours of operation at a current density of greater than or equal to 20 mA/cm 2 when the exposing is performed.
  • the method further comprises restoring a current efficiency of the electrochemical cell to 70% of an efficiency before the at least 100 hours of operation.
  • the exposing the at least a portion of the electrode to the treatment solution comprises flowing the solution over and/or through the at least a portion of the electrode.
  • the method further comprises removing at least a portion of a precipitate from the electrochemical system and/or a source of hydrophilicity from the at least a portion of the electrode and/or a contaminant from the electrochemical system.
  • the method further comprises removing at least a portion of a source of surface oxidation from the at least a portion of the electrode.
  • the method further comprises flowing water and a gas through the electrochemical system at the same time in the form of a two-phase solution for greater than or equal to 1 minute.
  • the water flowing through the electrochemical system is deionized (DI) water.
  • the electrochemical system of the method is an electrolytic system, a fuel cell, and/or an air battery.
  • operation of the electrochemical system comprises electrochemically generating a species.
  • the species is hydrogen peroxide.
  • operation of the electrochemical system comprises electrochemically generating energy using the electrochemical system.
  • the electrode is a cathode.
  • the cathode comprises a nonwoven substrate including fibers comprising carbon.
  • the treatment solution comprises the reducing agent.
  • the reducing agent comprises a bisulfite anion.
  • the reducing agent comprises a bisulfite anion, ascorbic acid, oxalic acid, and/or thiosulfate anion. In some embodiments, the reducing agent comprises sodium bisulfite. In some embodiments, the treatment solution comprises the chelating agent. In some embodiments, the chelating agent comprises nitrilotriacetic acid (NTA), tripolyphosphate (TPP), citric acid, and/or ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA). In some embodiments, the chelating agent comprises ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA).
  • NTA nitrilotriacetic acid
  • TPP tripolyphosphate
  • EDTA ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid
  • the chelating agent comprises ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA).
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an electrochemical system, according to some embodiments
  • FIG. 2A is a schematic diagram of a component of an electrochemical system, according to some embodiments.
  • FIG. 2B is a schematic diagram of a component of an electrochemical system, according to some embodiments.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a component of an electrochemical system, according to some embodiments.
  • FIG. 4A is a schematic diagram of a component of an electrochemical system, according to some embodiments.
  • FIG. 4B is a schematic diagram of a component of an electrochemical system, according to some embodiments.
  • FIG. 4C is a schematic diagram of a component of an electrochemical system, according to some embodiments.
  • FIG. 4D is a schematic diagram of a component of an electrochemical system, according to some embodiments.
  • FIG. 4E is a schematic diagram of a component of an electrochemical system, according to some embodiments.
  • FIG. 5 A is a schematic diagram of an electrode, according to some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 5B-F are schematic diagrams related to making electrodes, according to some embodiments.
  • FIG. 6 is an image of an electrode, according to some embodiments.
  • FIG. 7A is an image of an electrode, according to some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 7B-7C are elemental maps of the electrode shown in FIG. 7A, according to some embodiments.
  • FIG. 8 is a method diagram for flow recirculation, according to some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 9A-9B are images of pretreated electrodes, according to some embodiments.
  • FIG. 10 is a plot of voltage vs time for various electrodes, according to some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 11A-1 IB are plots of voltage vs time for various electrodes, according to some embodiments;
  • FIG. 12 is a plot of voltage vs time for various electrodes, according to some embodiments.
  • FIG. 13 is a plot of voltage vs time for various electrodes, according to some embodiments.
  • FIG. 14 is a plot of voltage vs time for various electrodes, according to some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 15A-15B are plots of voltage vs time for various electrodes, according to some embodiments.
  • FIG. 16 is a plot of voltage vs time for various electrodes, according to some embodiments.
  • FIG. 17 is an I-V curve of an electrode, according to some embodiments.
  • FIG. 18 is a plot of voltage and current efficiency for an electrochemical system, according to some embodiments.
  • the systems may include electrodes containing a substrate comprising non-woven fibers comprising carbon, hydrophobic particles (e.g., PTFE particles) on at least a portion of the substrate, and/or a catalyst layer comprising an active material (e.g., carbon particles) and/or hydrophobic particles on at least a portion of the substrate.
  • the systems may generate and/or flow a two-phase solution over and/or through at least a portion of an electrode.
  • Some systems using the electrode structures and/or two-phase solution may promote the formation of three-phase boundaries, and thus may facilitate the electrocatalytic generation of certain compounds at the three-phase boundaries.
  • Still other aspects are directed to methods of making and/or using the systems, or the like.
  • Certain electrocatalytic reactions involve gaseous and liquid reactants, some of which are believed to occur at three-phase boundaries that form between the gaseous reactant, the liquid reactant, and the solid electrode. Accordingly, the formation (e.g., or lack thereof) of such three-phase boundaries may limit the rate at which the electrocatalytic reaction may proceed in conventional systems. Moreover, in some cases, the reaction rate of such reactions in conventional systems may be limited by the mass transport of the reactants to the electrode surface, for example, the gaseous reactant, and thus some reactants may be present in low concentrations at the electrode surface. The reaction rate of such reactions in conventional systems may be limited by the mass transport of reactants away from the electrode surface. Accordingly, some aspects of the present disclosure are related to improved electrodes, systems, and methods for performing electrocatalytic reactions.
  • the electrode may include a substrate having non-woven fibers comprising carbon, hydrophobic particles (e.g., PTFE particles) on at least a portion of the surface of the substrate and/or substrate fibers and/or infiltrating through at least a portion of the thickness of the substrate (e.g., a pretreatment), and a catalyst layer including an active material comprising carbon and/or hydrophobic particles on at least a portion of the substrate.
  • the preparation of the electrode may lead to hydrophobic and hydrophilic islands on the substrate of the electrode.
  • applying hydrophobic particles e.g., PTFE particles
  • applying a catalyst layer comprising an active material and/or hydrophobic particles may produce an electrode structure having relatively hydrophilic regions (e.g., the active material) and the relatively hydrophobic regions (e.g., the hydrophobic particles from the pretreatment and/or in the catalyst layer).
  • the presence of hydrophilic and hydrophobic regions may facilitate the formation of three-phase boundaries by having various hydrophilic/hydrophobic interfaces where liquid and gaseous reactants may favorably interact with each other and/or the electrode.
  • the relatively open macropore structure of the non-woven fibers may lead to relatively large and accessible surface areas that are available for electrocatalytic reactions. The open macropore structure also promotes effective mass transport with relatively minimal parasitic pressure drop.
  • the system may generate and/or flow a two-phase solution over at least a portion of an electrode.
  • a two-phase solution may increase the concentration and/or amount of gaseous reactants transported to and/or present at the electrode surface, which may promote the formation of three-phase boundaries on an electrode surface.
  • the electrodes of the system may be as described above, having a substrate including non-woven fibers comprising carbon, hydrophobic particles on at least a portion of the substrate and/or substrate fibers (e.g., PTFE particles from a pretreatment step), and a catalyst layer containing an active material and/or hydrophobic particles on at least a portion of the substrate.
  • the substrate may have been pretreated with hydrophobic particles prior to adding the catalyst layer.
  • two-phase solution may be flowed over and/or through at least a portion of the electrode, which may promote three-phase boundaries on the electrode surface.
  • the inventors have recognized in the context of the present disclosure that using such electrodes and/or flowing two-phase solutions may facilitate the electrocatalytic performance for the system (e.g., increase the efficiency of generating hydrogen peroxide or other reactions), for instance, by promoting the formation of three-phase boundaries.
  • Some aspects of the present disclosure are related to methods. For example, some methods are related to forming and using electrodes. In some cases, the methods are related to forming two-phase solutions for use in electrocatalytic systems. Still other aspects are related to methods involving flowing two-phase solution over electrode structures, which may help to facilitate electrocatalytic reactions, for example, such as electrocatalytically generating hydrogen peroxide or other compounds.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an exemplary peroxide generator system 1, according to some embodiments.
  • the system 1 contains a stack SI of electrochemical cells S2 (e.g., one or more pairs of anodes and/or cathodes).
  • the electrode stack SI includes an anolyte inlet A7, an anode multi-phase fluid outlet A8, a catholyte inlet C3, a cathode gas inlet 02 and cathode multi-phase fluid outlet C4.
  • system 1 is described here as a peroxide generator system, it should be understood that the system components, electrode structure, and system configuration can in some instances be used for the electrochemical generation of other chemicals.
  • An anolyte pump A5 is configured to pump anolyte solution from anolyte reservoir A4 to heat exchanger A6 via inlet HX3.
  • Anolyte solution flows from heat exchanger A6 outlet HX4 to anolyte inlet A7. Cooling water is provided to heat exchanger A6 via inlet HX1 and warm water is discharged from heat exchanger A6 via HX2.
  • the anolyte solution pumped into the one or more anodes of cells S2 may be discharged along with product gas (e.g. oxygen) from the anolyte outlet A8 to the anolyte reservoir A4. From the anolyte reservoir A4, excess solution can be drained through the outlet A9.
  • Fresh reactant solution e.g. comprising 50 wt% NaOH
  • a catholyte pump C2 is configured to pump catholyte solution from catholyte reservoir C5 to the catholyte inlet C3.
  • the catholyte and gas pumped into the one or more cathodes of cells S2 of stack SI may be discharged from the cathode multi-phase fluid outlet C4 to the catholyte reservoir C5 after the one or more cathodes electrogenerate a compound (e.g., H2O2).
  • a compound e.g., H2O2
  • solution containing the compound may be drained via catholyte compound pump C6.
  • Fresh reactant solution e.g., water
  • fresh reactant solution e.g., water
  • fresh reactant solution may be delivered to catholyte inlet C3 via catholyte pump C2.
  • the catholyte reservoir C5 and anolyte reservoir A4 have vents 03 and 04, respectively.
  • Excess reactant gas (e.g., oxygen) from the headspace of catholyte reservoir C5 and/or product gas (e.g., oxygen) from the headspace of anolyte reservoir A4 may flow to collector 08 via vents 03 and 04.
  • product gases and/or excess reactant gases and the anode and/or cathode may be divided with their own recirculation loops or external venting.
  • no gas may be generated at the cathode and/or anode of each electrochemical cell in the electrochemical system.
  • the gas is pumped to reactant reservoir 07 via liquid ring compressor 05.
  • the gas flowed into the cells S2 and the catholyte solution flowed into the cells S2 from catholyte reservoir C5 may form a two- phase solution.
  • the gas flowed into the cells S2 and the anolyte solution flowed into the cells S2 from anolyte reservoir A4 may form a two-phase solution.
  • the two-phase solution may be formed within each cell S2 of the stack S 1 before flowing through the one or more cathodes and/or the one or more anodes of the system 1.
  • Reactant reservoir 07 contains gas and water. Water flows from reservoir 07 via inlet HX7 to heat exchanger 06 and returns back to reservoir 07 via outlet HX8. Cooling water is provided to heat exchanger 06 via inlet HX5 and warm water is discharged from heat exchanger 06 via HX6. Gas in reactant reservoir 07 may have a relatively high relative humidity (e.g., at least 50%, at least 75%, up to 100%, or the like as described elsewhere herein) after flowing through liquid ring compressor 05.
  • a relatively high relative humidity e.g., at least 50%, at least 75%, up to 100%, or the like as described elsewhere herein
  • reactants are flowed into the system 1 and power is supplied to the system such that electrochemical reactions, e.g., generation of hydrogen peroxide at the cathode, occur within the electrolytic device SI.
  • the solutions containing electrogenerated compounds from the one or more anodes and/or one or more cathodes flow to the respective reservoirs A4 and C5.
  • the electrogenerated compound from the one or more cathodes may flow to the catholyte reservoir C5, where a portion of it may be withdrawn via pump C6 and/or recirculated into stack S 1.
  • Withdrawn solution in some cases, may be ready for commercial use, sale, and/or for use in other applications or systems.
  • FIG. 2A shows a system 80 comprising electrode stack 40 containing electrochemical cells 42 having anode assemblies 43 and cathode assemblies 44, where at least some of the anode assemblies and cathode assemblies are separated by a separator.
  • the electrode stack of the system may comprise any of a variety of suitable numbers of electrochemical cells comprising anode and cathode assemblies.
  • the electrode stack may comprise at least 1, at least 2, at least 5, at least 10, at least 20, at least 30, at least 40, at least 50, at least 60 and/or no more than 70, no more than 80, no more than 90, or no more than 100 electrochemical cells.
  • the anode assembly comprises an anode electrode material and a flow plate or flow frame which may contain channels and/or passages for delivery of reactants to the anode electrode from internal and/or external manifolds.
  • the cathode assembly comprises a cathode electrode material and a flow plate and/or flow frame which may contain channels and/or passages for delivery of reactant to the cathode electrode from internal and/or external manifolds.
  • the stack 40 of cells 42 may be compressed with plates 45 and 46, while current collectors 9 and 10 may be present to apply voltages and/or currents to the stack 40.
  • Anode inlet 47 and outlet 48, as well as cathode inlet 49 and outlet 50, may be configured to deliver electrolyte solution and/or reactant gases (e.g., the anode inlet and outlet are configured with the anodes and the cathode inlet and outlet are configured with the cathodes) to each electrochemical cell 42 in the stack 40.
  • Each inlet may be configured to deliver two-phase solution, in some cases, to each of the electrochemical cells.
  • gas inlet ports and liquid inlet ports intersect within the flow plate or flow frames within a cathode or anode assembly upstream of at least one electrode within an electrochemical cell so as to generate the two-phase solution that is flowed through the at least one electrode.
  • each cathode and/or anode flow plate and/or flow frame within an electrochemical cell in an electrode stack contains at least one such intersection wherein two-phase solution may be generated to flow over the cathode and/or anode electrode of the electrochemical cell.
  • FIG. 2A only the cathode cells are fluidically connected with such intersections wherein two-phase solution may be generated. Example embodiments of such inlets are shown in FIGS. 3-4.
  • FIG. 2B is a schematic diagram showing a cross-sectional view of an electrochemical cell 500.
  • the diagram shows electrical contacts 510 and 530 to connect to the cathode 514 and anode 534, respectively.
  • Solution flows through the cathode substrate 512 of the electrochemical cell 500, as illustrated with the arrows, from inlet 520 to outlet 522.
  • Solution flows over and/or through anode substrate 532 from anode inlet 540 to anode outlet 542.
  • the anode block and the cathode block have a separator 550 separating them, wherein the separator allows for ionic flow therebetween.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram illustrating the use of two-phase solution in the cathode block of an electrochemical cell.
  • a two-phase solution 600 is flowed through the inlet manifold 610, through cathode substrate 512, and out of the outlet manifold 620.
  • the concentration of the gaseous species decreases after passing through the cathode substrate 512 due to the participation of the gaseous species in the reaction of interest (e.g., hydrogen peroxide generation).
  • FIG. 4A Another embodiment of the cathode block is shown in FIG. 4A. In this case, gas 702 and liquid 704 are injected separately to form a two-phase solution 600 at an intersection upstream of the cathode 510.
  • the two-phase solution may be distributed over the cathode via an inlet manifold (e.g., an array of branched and/or parallel inlets) to substantially uniformly introduce two-phase solution to the cathode.
  • the two-phase solution may be created at multiple intersections fed from different manifolds and injected into portions of the electrode. Similar structures are similarly possible in the anode, in accordance with some embodiments.
  • each gas and/or liquid manifold within the stack feeds only one intersection of a gas and liquid inlet within a cathode or anode flow plate and/or flow frame within a cell
  • each intersection of a gas and liquid inlet within a cathode or anode flow plate and/or flow frame within a cell is fed only by a single gas and/or liquid manifold within the stack.
  • FIGS. 4B-4C show an exemplary cathode assembly 470 including cathode substrate 480 with liquid manifold 472 and gas manifold 474. The liquid and gas manifolds 472 and 474 intersect at a single point 476 to form two-phase flow.
  • FIG. 4B shows an exemplary cathode assembly 470 including cathode substrate 480 with liquid manifold 472 and gas manifold 474. The liquid and gas manifolds 472 and 474 intersect at a single point 476 to form two-phase flow.
  • FIG. 4B shows an exemplary cathode assembly
  • FIGS. 4D-4E also show embodiments of exemplary cathode assemblies 470 including cathode substrate 480 with liquid manifolds 472 and gas manifolds 474. In these cases, the liquid and gas manifolds 472 and 474 feed multiple intersection points 476, and the two-phase solution generated in these cases may not be as uniform as in the assemblies shown in FIGS. 4B-4C.
  • FIG. 5A shows an exemplary electrode structure 200 that may be used in some of the systems described herein.
  • the electrode 200 may comprise a substrate 220 with a coating of particles of hydrophobic polymer 210.
  • a catalyst layer 230 may then be formed over the particles of hydrophobic polymer 210 and the substrate 220.
  • the electrode structures may promote the electrocatalytic generation of a desired compound, such as hydrogen peroxide, when used as an electrode (e.g., a cathode) in the systems.
  • FIG. 5A shows the substrate as a planar substrate, it should be understood that this is a simplified schematic diagram, for example, of a magnified view of a substrate.
  • FIG. 5A in some cases, may illustrate a single surface of a single fiber of a non-woven substrate comprising fibers.
  • electrocatalytic reactions are contemplated. Any of a variety of other compounds may be electrogenerated. In some cases, it may be advantageous to use the systems and/or methods as disclosed herein for electrocatalytic reactions, for example, due to the forming of three-phase boundaries or the introduction of two-phase solutions.
  • Exemplary electrocatalytic processes of interest include, but are not limited to, oxygen reduction (e.g., four electron pathway to form water or OH" ions, and/or two electron pathway to form H2O2 and possibly OH" ions; both cases are pH dependent), nitrogen fixation, the chlor-alkali process, and CO2 reduction.
  • the electrodes of the systems disclosed herein are believed to improve the formation of three-phase boundaries, which may improve the faradaic efficiency and/or reduce activation and/or concentration polarization at the electrode during certain electrochemical reactions.
  • the electrode structures in the systems may preferentially catalyze certain electrocatalytic reactions via certain pathways (e.g., two-electron reduction of oxygen to hydrogen peroxide vs. the four- electron pathway of oxygen to water).
  • the electrode structures described herein may generally be used as a cathode in systems, in some cases.
  • each cathode in an electrode stack may comprise the electrode structures described herein.
  • the electrode structures may comprise a substrate.
  • the substrate comprises a non-woven fiber.
  • the substrate comprises a non-woven fiber comprising carbon.
  • the substrate comprises a non-woven fiber comprising elemental carbon.
  • the substrate comprises a non-woven fiber comprises graphitized carbon.
  • the substrate comprises non-woven carbon fiber.
  • the substrate consists of a non-woven carbon fiber.
  • the substrate comprises a felt, for example, a carbon felt.
  • the fibers may be entangled by being needled, matted, condensed, pressed together, or other common methods like wet laying the fibers and/or electrospinning and/or suction deposition onto a porous substrate. Other methods are also possible.
  • FIG. 5A shows the substrate as a planar substrate
  • FIG. 6 is an SEM image of an electrode 300 comprising a coated substrate.
  • the substrate comprises non-woven fibers 310.
  • substrates comprising non-woven fibers may be relatively porous and/or may have relatively thick, three-dimensional structures.
  • Each of factors, in some cases, may promote the mixing and/or not promote phase separation of gas and liquid of the two-phase solution when flowing over and/or through a portion of the substrate as compared to other, woven substrates or paper substrates.
  • the open pore structure may facilitate an accessible and relatively large surface area on which electrocatalytic reactions may occur, in some cases.
  • the relatively thick, three-dimensional structures of the non-woven fibers of the substrate may contain relatively large active zones when used in electrocatalytic applications.
  • the use of electrodes including substrates containing non-woven fibers with large open pores may lead to electrode structures that do not wet at significant rates (e.g., may maintain a certain hydrophobicity), which may extend the lifetime of the electrode depending on the application, for example, when compared to systems using electrodes comprising carbon cloths, papers, or other woven materials having relatively smaller pores which may flood more easily.
  • the non-woven aspect of certain substrates may advantageously provide relatively open volumes within the substrate through which solution may flow. As described in more detail later, in some cases, solutions, such as two-phase solutions, may flow through the open volumes of the substrate. In some embodiments, open volumes may increase the surface area on which an electrocatalytic reaction may proceed.
  • substrates comprising woven fabrics and/or paper.
  • woven cloths comprising carbon and/or paper comprising carbon may be used as substrates, in accordance with some embodiments.
  • the fibers may comprise carbon.
  • the fibers may comprise graphitized carbon.
  • the fibers may comprise amorphous carbon.
  • the precursor of the carbon fibers may be (polyvinyl chloride) PVC, polyvinylidene chloride (PVDC), and/or polyacrylonitrile (PAN). Other precursors are possible.
  • the substrate of the electrode may be relatively thick, for example, when compared to common substrate materials such as woven cloths (e.g., cloth comprising woven fibers) or paper, in accordance with some embodiments.
  • the relatively high thickness of the substrate comprising non-woven fibers may result in relatively accessible and/or high surface areas over which electrocatalytic reactions may occur.
  • the substrate of the electrode of the system may have any of a variety of suitable thicknesses, according to some embodiments.
  • the average shortest dimension of the substrate is greater than or equal to 100 microns, greater than or equal to 500 microns, greater than or equal to 750 microns, greater than or equal to 1 millimeter, or greater than or equal to 3 millimeters. In some cases, the average shortest dimension of the substrate is less than or equal to 5 millimeters, less than or equal to 3 millimeters, less than or equal to 1 millimeter, less than or equal to 750 microns, or less than or equal to 500 microns.
  • the substrate is a non-woven substrate.
  • the average shortest dimension of the substrate corresponds to the thickness of the substrate.
  • the substrate of the electrode has any of the foregoing thicknesses before being integrated within an electrochemical system as described herein, which may be an uncompressed thickness of the substrate.
  • the substrate of the electrode is compressed when incorporated into the electrochemical system, where the substrate has a compressed thickness when incorporated into the system.
  • the ratio of the uncompressed thickness of the substrate of the electrode to the compressed thickness of the substrate of the electrode is greater than or equal to 1.05, greater than or equal to 1.1, greater than or equal to 1.2, greater than or equal to 1.25, greater than or equal to 1.3, greater than or equal to 1.4, greater than or equal to 1.5, greater than or equal to 1.6, greater than or equal to 1.7, greater than or equal to 1.8, greater than or equal to 1.9, or greater.
  • the ratio of the uncompressed thickness of the substrate of the electrode to the compressed thickness of the substrate of the electrode is less than or equal to 2.0, less than or equal to 1.9, less than or equal to 1.8, less than or equal to 1.7, less than or equal to 1.6, less than or equal to 1.5, less than or equal to 1.4, less than or equal to 1.3, less than or equal to 1.25, less than or equal to 1.2, or less than or equal to 1.1, or less. Combinations of the foregoing ranges are possible (e.g., greater than or equal to 1.05 and less than or equal to 2.0 or greater than or equal to 1.05 and less than or equal to 1.5). Other ranges are also possible.
  • the substrates including non-woven fibers may have a surface area of greater than or equal to 0.01 m 2 /g, greater than or equal to 0.05 m 2 /g, greater than or equal to 0.1 m 2 /g, greater than or equal to 0.5 m 2 /g, or greater than or equal to 1 m 2 /g.
  • the substrate including non-woven fibers may have a surface area of less than or equal to 2 m 2 /g, less than or equal to 1 m 2 /g, less than or equal to 0.5 m 2 /g, less than or equal to 0.1 m 2 /g, or less than or equal to 0.05 m 2 /g. Combinations of the foregoing ranges are possible. Other ranges are also possible.
  • the surface area is measured using Brunauer-Emmett- Teller (BET) surface area analysis.
  • the substrate may have any of a variety of porosities.
  • the porosity may be measured by mercury porosimetry.
  • the substrate may have a porosity of greater than or equal to 0.1, greater than or equal to 0.2, greater than or equal to 0.3, greater than or equal to 0.4, greater than or equal to 0.5, greater than or equal to 0.6, greater than or equal to 0.7, greater than or equal to 0.8, greater than or equal to 0.85, greater than or equal to 0.9, greater than or equal to 0.94, or greater than or equal to 0.95.
  • the substrate may have a porosity of less than or equal to 0.99, less than or equal to 0.95, less than or equal to 0.94, less than or equal to 0.9. less than or equal to 0.85, less than or equal to 0.8, less than or equal to 0.7, less than or equal to 0.6, less than or equal to 0.5, less than or equal to 0.4. less than or equal to 0.3, or less than or equal to 0.2. Combinations of the foregoing ranges are possible (e.g., greater than or equal to 0.2 and less than or equal to 0.5). Other ranges are also possible.
  • the substrate may have an open macropore structure.
  • the average smallest cross-sectional dimension of a pore in the substrate is less than or equal to 200 microns, less than or equal to 100 microns, less than or equal to 50 microns, or less than or equal to 10 microns. In some embodiments, the average smallest cross section dimension of a pore in the substrate is greater than or equal to 1 micron, greater than or equal to 10 microns, greater than or equal to 50 microns, or greater than or equal to 100 microns. Combinations of the foregoing ranges are possible. Other ranges are also possible.
  • a first hydrophobic polymer may be deposited on at least a portion of the substrate (e.g., as a pretreatment step).
  • the first hydrophobic polymer may infiltrate into the void space of the substrate and/or form a coating on at least a portion of some of the fibers of the substrate.
  • the first hydrophobic polymer may infiltrate and coat at least a portion of the depth of the substrate.
  • the coating may infiltrate and/or coat all of the depth of the substrate (e.g., particles of the first hydrophobic polymer may be present on at least some fibers at each depth of the substrate).
  • the hydrophobic polymer may comprise any of a variety of hydrophobic polymers.
  • the hydrophobic polymer may comprise a fluorinated polymer.
  • exemplary hydrophobic polymers include, but are not limited to, ethylene tetrafluoroethylene (ETFE), polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF), perfluoroalkoxy alkane (PFA), fluorinated ethylene propylene (FEP), and polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE).
  • the hydrophobic polymer comprises PTFE.
  • the first hydrophobic polymer may be applied as a pretreatment. It should be understood that pretreatment is a term used for convenience and is not intended to necessarily imply any order in which the first polymer must be applied to the substrate. In some cases, the hydrophobic polymer may form a coating on at least a portion of the surface of the substrate, in some cases. In some embodiments, the hydrophobic polymer pretreatment may be present on the electrode as particles of the hydrophobic polymer. In accordance with some embodiments, the particles of the hydrophobic polymer may form a partial and/or conformal coating on the surface of the substrate.
  • the hydrophobic polymer may be deposited on the substrate as particles of the hydrophobic material.
  • FIG. 5A which illustrates a substrate 220 of an electrode 200, where hydrophobic particles 210 may form a partial layer on the substrate 220.
  • FIG. 5B which illustrates a substrate 580, where hydrophobic particles 586 may infiltrate the complete depth on the substrate 580.
  • the particles of the first hydrophobic polymer may infiltrate at least 5%, at least 10%, at least 20%, at least 25%, at least 30%, at least 40%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, or at least 90% of the depth of a thickness of the substrate.
  • the polymer infiltrates in the whole depth, no more than 90%, no more than 80%, no more than 70%, no more than 60%, no more than 50%, no more than 40%, no more than 30%, no more than 25%, no more than 20%, or no more than 10% of the depth of a thickness of the substrate.
  • hydrophobic particles may be suitable for use during the pretreatment of the substrate of the electrode, according to some embodiments.
  • hydrophobic particles may be used such that they do not aggregate and maintain a relatively large hydrophobic surface area.
  • powders and/or micropowders of the hydrophobic polymers e.g., PTFE powders
  • Conventional PTFE dispersions utilize surfactants to stabilize PTFE particles in the solvent to prevent aggregation of the particles.
  • such dispersions may not achieve the desired uniform distribution of PTFE that infiltrate the depth of the substrate, for example, due to the presence of the surfactant, as the surfactant allows the PTFE to be mobile during drying. Accordingly, in some embodiments and as described in more detail elsewhere herein, the PTFE may be applied to the substrate in the absence of a surfactant.
  • the hydrophobic particles may have an average largest cross-sectional dimension that is greater than or equal to 100 nanometers, greater than or equal to 500 nanometers, greater than or equal to 1 micron, greater than or equal to 3 microns, greater than or equal to 5 microns, greater than or equal to 10 microns, greater than or equal to 25 microns, or greater than or equal to 50 microns.
  • the average largest cross-sectional dimension of the hydrophobic particles may be less than or equal to 100 microns, less than or equal to 50 microns, less than or equal to 25 microns, less than or equal to 10 microns, less than or equal to 5 microns, less than or equal to 3 microns, less than or equal to 1 micron, or less than or equal to 500 nanometers. Combinations of the foregoing ranges are possible (e.g., greater than or equal to 1 micron and less than or equal to 10 microns). Other ranges are also possible.
  • the hydrophobic particles present on the surface of the substrate of the electrode may be relatively stable and/or may not significantly aggregate.
  • the average largest cross-sectional dimension of the hydrophobic particles may not change and/or may change a relatively small amount after being deposited on the electrode and/or after surface treatments to the electrode are performed, as described in more detail elsewhere herein.
  • the average largest cross-sectional dimension of the hydrophobic particles may change by no more than 50%, no more than 25%, no more than 10%, or no more than 5% before using the electrode comprising the particles for, for example, electrocatalysis. This may be due to the hydrophobic particles remaining as initially suspended in solution and not aggregating.
  • the substrate of the electrode may be pretreated with hydrophobic particles as described in more detail elsewhere herein.
  • the hydrophobic particles on the electrode may, in some cases, form a partial layer on the electrode.
  • higher number densities of particles on the surface of the substrate may lead to more complete layers, for example, up to conformal layers.
  • the particles may be distributed throughout the volume of the substrate. In some such embodiments, the particles may be substantially uniformly distributed throughout the volume of the substrate.
  • the hydrophobic particles used during the pretreatment may be on at least a portion of the surface area of the substrate.
  • the hydrophobic particles may cover at least a portion of the surface of the substrate, including within an interior volume of the substrate (e.g., within the void space of the substrate).
  • the hydrophobic particles may deposit on the surface of the substrate relatively uniformly, for example, the particles may be uniformly distributed on a surface of the substrate in contact with the atmosphere and/or solution in which the substrate may be submersed. In some such cases, the particles may not aggregate significantly and/or may only cover a portion of the surface, as described elsewhere herein.
  • the concentration of hydrophobic particles (e.g., PTFE particles) used in a solution that is deposited on a substrate of an electrode may vary, in accordance with some embodiments.
  • the concentration of hydrophobic particles may be selected such that the particles form a layer that covers greater than or equal to 1%, greater than or equal to 10%, greater than or equal to 20%, greater than or equal to 30%, greater than or equal to 40%, or greater than or equal to 50% of the surface of the substrate.
  • the hydrophobic particles may form a layer that covers less than or equal to 60%, less than or equal to 50%, less than or equal to 40%, less than or equal to 30%, less than or equal to 20%, or less than or equal to 10% of the surface area of the substrate. Combinations of the foregoing ranges are possible. Other ranges are also possible.
  • the hydrophobic particles may be relatively homogeneously distributed over at least a portion of the surface area of the substrate (e.g., non-woven substrate) of the electrode, for instance, at least 5%, at least 25%, at least 50%, at least 75%, or more of the surface area of the substrate.
  • the hydrophobic particles may be relatively homogeneously distributed over the entirety of the substrate.
  • the number density of particles distributed across the surface area of the electrode may vary by no more than 50%, no more than 25%, no more than 10%, or no more than 5% from an average number of particles, where the average number may be determined by analyzing SEM images of regions of exemplary electrodes.
  • the hydrophobic polymer may be in the solution that is applied to the electrode in an amount of greater than or equal to 0.01 wt%, greater than or equal 0.1 wt%, greater than or equal 1 wt%, greater than or equal 2 wt%, greater than or equal 5 wt%, greater than or equal 10 wt%, greater than or equal 15 wt%, greater than or equal 20 wt%, greater than or equal 30 wt%, or greater than or equal 40 wt%.
  • the hydrophobic polymer may be in the solution that is applied to the electrode in an amount of less than or equal to 50 wt%, less than or equal to 40 wt%, less than or equal to 30 wt%, less than or equal to 20 wt%, less than or equal to 15 wt%, less than or equal to 10 wt%, less than or equal to 5 wt%, less than or equal to 2 wt%, less than or equal to 1 wt%, or less than or equal to 0.1 wt%. Combinations of the foregoing ranges are possible. Other ranges are also possible.
  • the hydrophobic polymer on the substrate may impart a level of hydrophobicity to the substrate of the electrode.
  • the hydrophobicity of the substrate of the electrode after the hydrophobic polymer is applied (e.g., via pretreatment and/or preparation of the electrode) to the substrate may be measured by any of a variety of methods, in accordance with some embodiments.
  • hydrophobicity of the substrate may be determined by measuring a water contact angle on the substrate.
  • a planar non-porous material may be prepared in an otherwise analogous manner and then a water contact angle of the substrate may be measured.
  • the water contact angle of the substrate prior to any operation in a cell is greater than or equal to 90 degrees, greater than or equal to 100 degrees, greater than or equal to 110 degrees, or greater than or equal to 120 degrees. In some embodiments, the water contact angle prior to any operation in a cell of the substrate is less than or equal to 130 degrees, less than or equal to 120 degrees, less than or equal to 110 degrees, or less than or equal to 100 degrees. Combinations of the foregoing ranges are possible. Other ranges are also possible.
  • the electrode may further comprise a catalyst layer deposited on the substrate.
  • a hydrophobic polymer pretreatment may be present on at least a portion of the substrate before the catalyst layer is deposited on the substrate.
  • catalyst layer 230 may be formed over the substrate 220 and the particles of hydrophobic polymer 210 present on at least a portion of the substrate. While not shown in FIG. 5A, the catalyst layer may contact the substrate on at least a portion of the substrate (e.g., no intervening hydrophobic polymer), in some cases. In other embodiments, the catalyst layer may not directly contact the substrate, as illustrated in FIG. 5A.
  • the catalyst layer may be formed over the substrate but be in direct contact with the hydrophobic polymer.
  • the catalyst layer may be in direct contact with the substrate and/or the hydrophobic polymer on the substrate.
  • the catalyst layer comprises an active material and/or a binder and/or additional hydrophobic particles.
  • the binder may be a second hydrophobic polymer, wherein the composition of the second hydrophobic polymer may be as described above for the first hydrophobic polymer.
  • the second hydrophobic polymer may be or comprise PTFE particles.
  • the binder may be in the form of a commercially available PTFE dispersion or emulsion, in some cases.
  • the additional hydrophobic particles may be a different form of PTFE particles, e.g., PTFE powder or micropowders.
  • the additional hydrophobic particles may be a combination of binder and powder or micropowder.
  • the active material may be or comprise carbon.
  • the active material may comprise carbon nanoparticles, carbon microparticles, carbon flakes, carbon allotropes (e.g., graphite, graphene, amorphous carbon), or the like.
  • an active material may facilitate a catalytic reaction, for example, the oxygen reduction reaction, CO2 reduction reaction, or the like, at a relatively lower voltage relative to a voltage needed in the absence of the active material.
  • the size of the active material may be any of a variety of suitable sizes.
  • the average largest dimension of a particle of active material is at least 10 nm, at least 100 nm, at least 1 micron, or at least 10 microns. In some embodiments, the average largest dimension of a particle of active material is no more than 100 microns, no more than 10 microns, no more than 1 micron, or no more than 100 nanometers. Combinations of the foregoing ranges are possible. Other ranges are also possible.
  • the active material e.g., carbon
  • the relatively high surface area may facilitate the formation of many and/or various types of interfaces, for example, three- phase boundaries at and/or near an interface between the solution (e.g., a two-phase solution as described elsewhere herein), the active material, and/or hydrophobic polymer present in the catalyst layer and/or present on the substrate.
  • the surface area of the active material may be greater than or equal to 0.5 m 2 /g, greater than or equal to 1 m 2 /g, greater than or equal to 5 m 2 /g, greater than or equal to 10 m 2 /g, greater than or equal to 50 m 2 /g, greater than or equal to 100 m 2 /g, greater than or equal to 500 m 2 /g, greater than or equal to 1,000 m 2 /g, greater than or equal to 2,000 m 2 /g, greater than or equal to 3,000 m 2 /g, or greater than or equal to 4,000 m 2 /g.
  • the surface area of the active material may be less than or equal to 5,000 m 2 /g, less than or equal to 4,000 m 2 /g, less than or equal to 3,000 m 2 /g, less than or equal to 2,000 m 2 /g, less than or equal to 1,000 m 2 /g, less than or equal to 500 m 2 /g, less than or equal to 100 m 2 /g, less than or equal to 50 m 2 /g, less than or equal to 10 m 2 /g, less than or equal to 5 m 2 /g, or less than or equal to 1 m 2 /g. Combinations of the foregoing ranges are possible. Other ranges are also possible.
  • the surface area is measured using Brunauer-Emmett-Teller (BET) surface area analysis.
  • the active material may be in the solution that is applied to the electrode in an amount of greater than or equal to 0.01 wt%, greater than or equal 0.1 wt%, greater than or equal 1 wt%, greater than or equal 2 wt%, greater than or equal 5 wt%, greater than or equal 10 wt%, greater than or equal 15 wt%, greater than or equal 20 wt%, greater than or equal 30 wt%, or greater than or equal 40 wt% of the solution.
  • the active material may be in the solution that is applied to the electrode in an amount of less than or equal to 50 wt%, less than or equal to 40 wt%, less than or equal to 30 wt%, less than or equal to 20 wt%, less than or equal to 15 wt%, less than or equal to 10 wt%, less than or equal to 5 wt%, less than or equal to 2 wt%, less than or equal to 1 wt%, or less than or equal to 0.1 wt% of the solution. Combinations of the foregoing ranges are possible. Other ranges are also possible.
  • the active material e.g., carbon
  • the active material may be added in an amount to the catalyst layer in any of variety of suitable amounts.
  • the active material is added such that it is present in an amount of greater than or equal to 0.1 mg/cm 2 , greater than or equal to 0.25 mg/cm 2 , greater than or equal to 0.5 mg/cm 2 , greater than or equal to 1 mg/cm 2 , greater than or equal to 1.5 mg/cm 2 , greater than or equal to 2 mg/cm 2 , greater than or equal to 2.5 mg/cm 2 , greater than or equal to 3 mg/cm 2 , greater than or equal to 3.5 mg/cm 2 , greater than or equal to 4 mg/cm 2 , or greater than or equal to 4.5 mg/cm 2 of geometric area of the substrate.
  • the active material is added such that it is present in an amount of less than or equal to 5 mg/cm 2 , less than or equal to 4.5 mg/cm 2 , less than or equal to 4 mg/cm 2 , less than or equal to 3.5 mg/cm 2 , less than or equal to 3 mg/cm 2 , less than or equal to 2.5 mg/cm 2 , less than or equal to 2 mg/cm 2 , less than or equal to 1.5 mg/cm 2 , less than or equal to 1 mg/cm 2 , or less than or equal to 0.5 mg/cm 2 of geometric area of the substrate. Combinations of the foregoing ranges are possible. Other ranges are also possible.
  • the catalyst layer does not comprise a substantial amount of metal (e.g., no measurable amount, for example, as measured by EDS).
  • metal when present, may decompose an electrogenerated compound (e.g., hydrogen peroxide) and/or the metal may be costly.
  • metals may not provide any advantages regarding the efficiency of the reaction, e.g., when the electrogenerated compound is hydrogen peroxide and the reaction occurs in an alkaline solution.
  • the catalyst layer comprises an active material comprising a metal.
  • the amount of metal present in the active material may be at least 0.0001 wt%, at least 0.001 wt%, at least 0.01 wt%, at least 0.1 wt%, at least 1 wt%, at least 5 wt%, at least 10 wt%, at least 20 wt%, at least 30 wt%, at least 40 wt%, or at least 50 wt% of the active material.
  • metals may be present in the active material in an amount of less than or equal to 60 wt%, less than or equal to 50 wt%, less than or equal to 40 wt%, less than or equal to 30 wt%, less than or equal to 20 wt%, less than or equal to 10 wt%, less than or equal to 5 wt%, less than or equal to 1 wt%, less than or equal to 0.1 wt%, less than or equal to 0.01 wt%, or less than or equal to 0.001 wt% of the active material.
  • the metals may only be present in trace amounts.
  • the metals of the active material may include, but are not limited to, iron, nickel, cobalt, gold, platinum, iridium, palladium, silver, rhodium, copper, zinc, oxides thereof, salts thereof, and/or metalorganic complexes thereof such as porphyrins, etc.
  • Other metals and metal-containing compounds are possible.
  • the catalyst layer may comprise active materials comprising metals.
  • the active material may further comprise metal nanoparticles.
  • the average largest cross-sectional dimension of the nanoparticles in the active material in some cases, may be no more than 100 nanometers, no more than 50 nanometers, no more than 20 nanometers, or no more than 10 nanometers. In some embodiments, the average largest cross-sectional dimension of the nanoparticles in the active material may be at least 5 nanometers, at least 10 nanometers, at least 20 nanometers, or at least 50 nanometers. Combinations of the foregoing ranges are possible. Other ranges are also possible. Additionally, other forms of metals, such as dopants, single atoms, and microparticles, may be present in the catalyst layer.
  • islands of hydrophobicity may form on at least a portion of the surface of the electrode.
  • islands of hydrophobicity across the surface of the electrode may be determined from images collected using an SEM and elemental analysis via energy dispersive x-ray spectroscopy (EDS).
  • EDS energy dispersive x-ray spectroscopy
  • the SEM image shows an electrode 300 comprising a substrate of non-woven fibers 310. On a portion of the surface of substrate, aggregates of the catalyst layer 320 can be observed.
  • FIG. 7A is another image collected using an SEM that is taken at a higher magnification than FIG. 6, and FIGS. 7B-7C are corresponding elemental maps collected using EDS.
  • the image in FIG. 7A is an exemplary electrode structure 400 comprising an active material 410 and PTFE particles 420.
  • FIG. 7B shows an elemental map of the carbon distribution
  • FIG. 7C shows an elemental map of the fluorine distribution from the image of FIG. 7A.
  • the distribution of carbon and fluorine are complementary in FIGS. 7B-7C. For example, consider the particle outlined in FIG. 7A with the dotted black circle. This location corresponds to dotted white circles in FIGS. 7B-7C, which show a decrease in carbon intensity in FIG.
  • FIG. 7B and a prevalence of fluorine in FIG. 7C.
  • the images show the localization of fluorine to the visible particles, indicating the presence of relatively hydrophobic regions (e.g., collocated to the presence of the PTFE particles).
  • Regions where fluorine is absent comprise relatively hydrophilic regions, where the substrate and/or the active material (e.g., carbon) are present.
  • such hydrophobic regions may be at least partially surrounded by hydrophilic regions on the substrate. In some embodiments, at least a portion of the hydrophobic regions are at least partially surrounded by hydrophilic regions. In some embodiments, at least a portion of the hydrophobic regions are completely surrounded by hydrophilic regions. In some embodiments, the hydrophobic regions correspond to the hydrophobic particles (e.g., PTFE particles). Accordingly, in some embodiments, the size and distribution of the hydrophobic regions on the substrate of the electrode correspond to size and distribution of the hydrophobic particles forming the layer. In some cases, the hydrophilic and hydrophobic regions may be generally observed with an SEM and complementary elemental mapping via EDS, as shown in FIGS. 7B-7C.
  • the electrode may have any of a variety of suitable electrochemically active geometric areas.
  • the electrochemically active geometric area is a two-dimensional area (as opposed to a surface area that accounts for pores) that may be determined using the geometric dimensions of the electrode exposed to electrolyte solution when the electrode is in use.
  • the electrochemically active geometric area of an electrode the dimensions of which that are exposed to electrolyte in use are 10 cm in length and 5 cm in width, would be 50 cm 2 .
  • the electrode has an electrochemically active geometric area of greater than or equal to 1 cm 2 , greater than or equal to 2 cm 2 , greater than or equal to 5 cm 2 , greater than or equal to 10 cm 2 , greater than or equal to 50 cm 2 , greater than or equal to 100 cm 2 , greater than or equal to 500 cm 2 , greater than or equal to 1,000 cm 2 , or greater.
  • the electrode has an electrochemically active geometric area of less than or equal to 2,500, less than or equal to 2,000 cm 2 , less than or equal to 1,000 cm 2 , less than or equal to 500 cm 2 , less than or equal to 100 cm 2 , less than or equal to 50 cm 2 , less than or equal to 10 cm 2 , less than or equal to 5 cm 2 , less than or equal to 2 cm 2 , or less. Combinations of the foregoing ranges are possible.
  • the electrode used in the system may be formed by any of a variety of methods.
  • the substrate of the electrode may be pretreated.
  • an active material may be applied to the substrate of the electrode.
  • the electrode may be heated in an inert gas environment, for example, a non-oxidative environment, in order to sinter particles on the electrode/or to remove a surfactant from the surface of the electrode.
  • the hydrophobic particles are sintered.
  • a substrate for example, a non-woven substrate may be pretreated, in accordance with some embodiments.
  • Pretreating the electrode may include applying a solution to the substrate, where the solution comprises hydrophobic particles, for example, PTFE particles.
  • a PTFE powder and/or micropowder may be used to pretreat the substrate, as opposed to a PTFE dispersion.
  • the PTFE particles may originate from a PTFE dispersion.
  • pretreating the electrode may make the electrode more hydrophobic and/or may facilitate further deposition of, for instance, a catalyst layer onto the substrate.
  • the hydrophobic particles that are used to pretreat the electrode may be applied to the electrode in a solvent.
  • the liquid is a solvent.
  • Any of a variety of solvents may be used for applying the hydrophobic particles when pretreating the substrate of the electrode, in accordance with some embodiments.
  • the solvent may comprise an organic solvent.
  • the solvent may comprise a polar organic solvent.
  • the solvent may comprise a nonpolar organic solvent.
  • the solvent may comprise an aprotic polar organic solvent.
  • the solvent may comprise a protic polar organic solvent.
  • protic polar organic solvents examples include, but are not limited to, methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol, isopropyl alcohol, isobutyl alcohol, or the like. In some cases, it may be advantageous to use a solvent comprising isopropanol. In some embodiments, other solvents such as acetone, hexanes, chloroform, and/or diethyl ether may be used as the solvent during pretreatment of the substrate of the electrode. Other non-limiting examples of liquids (e.g., solvents) that can be used include ethyl acetate and/or acetone. In some cases, the solvent may be aqueous, and thus may contain water. Other solvents are also possible.
  • mixed solvent systems may also be used, for example, a 50/50 mix of ethanol and isopropanol.
  • a mixed solvent system comprising water and an alcohol (e.g., IPA) may be used.
  • Other ratios, combinations of solvents, and number of solvents of the solvent system e.g., at least 1 constituent solvent, at least 2 constituent solvents, at least 3 constituent solvents, and so forth are contemplated, as this disclosure is not so limited.
  • the solvent is a liquid.
  • Some aspects of selecting a solvent may be related to the vapor pressure of the solvent. For example, in some cases, solvents having relatively high vapor pressures may evaporate quickly upon pretreating the electrode, which may lead to relatively uniform depositions and associated distributions of any hydrophobic particles (e.g., PTFE particles) on the substrate following pretreatment when compared to particle distributions obtained when pretreating using relatively less volatile solvents (e.g., water).
  • any hydrophobic particles e.g., PTFE particles
  • the vapor pressure of the solvent at 25 degrees C may be greater than or equal to 0.1 kPa, greater than or equal to 1 kPa, greater than or equal to 5 kPa, greater than or equal to 10 kPa, greater than or equal to 15 kPa, greater than or equal to 20 kPa, greater than or equal to 25 kPa, or greater than or equal to 30 kPa.
  • the vapor pressure of the solvent at 25 degrees C may be less than or equal to 35 kPa, less than or equal to 30 kPa, less than or equal to 25 kPa, less than or equal to 20 kPa, less than or equal to 15 kPa, less than or equal to 10 kPa, less than or equal to 5 kPa, or less than or equal to 1 kPa. Combinations of the foregoing ranges are possible (e.g., greater than or equal to 1 kPa and less than or equal to 10 kPa). Other ranges are also possible.
  • some aspects are related to methods of modifying electrodes, where the method includes pretreating the electrode by applying a first solution comprising a liquid having a vapor pressure of greater than or equal to 1 kPa at 25 degrees C.
  • the first solution further comprises a first hydrophobic polymer.
  • the solution applied to pretreat the electrode may consist of the solvent and the hydrophobic particles.
  • the solution used to pretreat the electrode may consist of isopropanol and PTFE particles.
  • surfactants may be absent from the solution.
  • using a relatively volatile solvent and/or no surfactant may result in a relatively uniform infiltration and resulting distribution of hydrophobic particles on the surface of the substrate after the solvent evaporates.
  • additional components may be in the solution used for pretreating the electrode, such as surfactants, multiple solvents, binders, and/or other types of particles.
  • the substrate may not be pretreated.
  • FIG. 5B shows the pretreatment of a substrate 580.
  • a pretreatment solution 585 comprising a first hydrophobic polymer 586 may be applied 587 to the substrate 580.
  • multiple applications 588 of the pretreatment solution 585 e.g., two times, three times, four times, and so forth
  • the pretreatment solution may not necessarily need to be applied directly to another untreated electrode.
  • the pretreatment solution may not be applied and/or may be applied to an electrode that has been modified by another material, for example, a catalyst layer.
  • the pretreatment solution is applied to both sides of the substrate such that the hydrophobic polymer may further infiltrate into the substrate and/or infiltrate from both sides of the substrate.
  • a catalyst layer comprising an active material may be applied to the substrate of an electrode, in accordance with some embodiments.
  • the active material as described elsewhere herein in more detail, may be applied to the electrode to provide a catalyst for certain electrochemical reactions.
  • the catalyst layer may be applied after pretreating the electrode.
  • the catalyst layer may be applied to the electrode during pretreatment of the electrode.
  • the active material may be directly applied to the electrode, for example, as a powder.
  • dispersions of the active material may be deposited on the electrode, for example, to form a catalyst layer.
  • the active material in accordance with some embodiments, may be applied to the substrate of the electrode in the form of a slurry.
  • the materials of the catalyst layer may be initially present in a solution, suspension, dispersion, or slurry.
  • the solution for applying the catalyst layer may consist of a solvent and the active material.
  • the solution may comprise the solvent, the active material, and other components.
  • Solvents such as the solvents used during electrode pretreatment may be used to apply the catalyst layer. Examples of other components include, but are not limited to, hydrophobic polymers, surfactants, and/or binders.
  • particles of hydrophobic polymer may be supplied in the form of a dispersion or emulsion which may act as a binder and/or hydrophobicity agent in the catalyst layer.
  • particles of hydrophobic polymer e.g., PTFE particles supplied in the form of a dry powder added to the solution, suspension, dispersion, or slurry, may act as a hydrophobicity agent and or binder.
  • Some or all of such components may be present in the solution to be applied to the substrate, in some embodiments. In some such cases, the solution may be a slurry.
  • FIGS. 5D-5F show embodiments wherein substrates are treated with active materials.
  • pretreated electrodes may then have a solution 595 comprising active material 596 and a second hydrophobic polymer 597 applied 599 to deposit a catalyst layer on to the pretreated substrate 589.
  • the pretreated electrode may comprise a first hydrophobic polymer before applying the active material and the second hydrophobic polymer.
  • the first and second hydrophobic polymers are the same polymer.
  • the first and second hydrophobic polymers are different.
  • the active material 596 and second hydrophobic polymer may be applied to an otherwise untreated substrate 580. Still other embodiments are contemplated where a substrate may be treated with only an active material (e.g., no hydrophobic polymer).
  • the electrode may be heated, in some embodiments. In some embodiments, the electrode may be heated in a non-oxidative atmosphere. It has been realized that in some instances, heating in an oxidative environment may yield a relatively hydrophilic substrate, which may be undesirable and lead to electrode flooding. In some cases, however, the electrode may be heated in an oxidative environment. In some cases, the electrode may be heated before pretreatment, after pretreatment, and/or after applying the material of the catalyst layer to the substrate of the electrode. Heating the electrode, in accordance with some embodiments, may provide any of a variety of benefits to the electrode. In some cases, heating the electrode may remove a surfactant and/or a solvent from the surface of the substrate of the electrode, which may minimize or prevent the electrode from flooding.
  • heating the electrode and removing a surfactant and/or a solvent from the surface of the substrate of the electrode may make at least a portion of the surface of the electrode more hydrophobic (e.g., any hydrophobic particles present on the substrate may no longer be coated by a relatively hydrophilic surfactant and/or solvent).
  • heating the electrode in a non-oxidative atmosphere may reduce components of the electrode, such that portions of the surface may be relatively hydrophobic and facilitate the formation of three phase boundaries.
  • heating the electrode may sinter particles present on the substrate of the electrode, which may provide advantages related to the surface hydrophobicity and/or may promote adhesion of the particles on the surface of the electrode.
  • the electrode in accordance with some embodiments, may be heated to any of a variety of temperatures.
  • the electrode may be heated to relatively high temperatures, for example, to obtain more hydrophobicity of the substrate, better adhesion of the particles to the substrate, and/or better removal of the surfactant from the electrode.
  • the electrode may be heated in an atmosphere having an average temperature of greater than or equal to 50 degrees C, greater than or equal to 100 degrees C, greater than or equal to 150 degrees C, greater than or equal to 200 degrees C, greater than or equal to 250 degrees C, greater than or equal to 300 degrees C, greater than or equal to 350 degrees C, or greater than or equal to 380 degrees C.
  • the electrode may be heated in an atmosphere having an average temperature of less than or equal to 400 degrees C, less than or equal to 380 degrees C, less than or equal to 350 degrees C, less than or equal to 300 degrees C, less than or equal to 250 degrees C, less than or equal to 200 degrees C, less than or equal to 150 degrees C, or less than or equal to 100 degrees C. Combinations of the foregoing ranges are possible. Other ranges are also possible.
  • the atmosphere in which the electrode is heated may comprise any of a variety of compositions.
  • the atmosphere may be non-oxidative.
  • the atmosphere in which the electrode is heated contains less than or equal to 1 wt%, less than or equal to 0.1 wt%, less than or equal to 0.01 wt% of oxygen in the atmosphere.
  • the atmosphere contains substantially no oxygen.
  • the atmosphere may be a reducing atmosphere.
  • the atmosphere may be dry.
  • Exemplary gases that may be present in the atmosphere include, but are not limited to, N2, CO, H2, and Ar. Steam may be used in combination with exemplary gases.
  • the electrode may be heated in a vacuum (e.g., having a pressure of no more than 10 kPa, no more than 1 kPa, no more than 100 Pa, no more than 10 Pa, or no more than 1 Pa before being heated).
  • a vacuum e.g., having a pressure of no more than 10 kPa, no more than 1 kPa, no more than 100 Pa, no more than 10 Pa, or no more than 1 Pa before being heated).
  • hydrophobic particles present on the substrate of the electrode may have any of a variety of sizes, in some embodiments.
  • heating the electrode may sinter the particles present on the substrate.
  • the average largest cross-sectional of the hydrophobic particles may grow after heating the electrode.
  • the average largest cross-sectional dimension of the hydrophobic particles may grow by at least 10%, at least 20%, at least 30%, or at least 40% of the initial average largest cross-sectional dimension of the particle distribution.
  • the average largest cross-sectional dimension of the hydrophobic particles may grow by no more than 50%, no more than 40%, no more than 30%, or no more than 20% of the initial average largest cross-sectional dimension of the particle distribution. Combinations of the foregoing ranges are possible. Other ranges are also possible.
  • heating the electrode may not cause any observable (e.g., measurable) growth of the hydrophobic particles.
  • the hydrophobic particles may grow to have an average largest cross-sectional dimension that is greater than or equal to 100 nanometers, greater than or equal to 500 nanometers, greater than or equal to 1 micron, greater than or equal to 3 microns, greater than or equal to 5 microns, greater than or equal to 10 microns, greater than or equal to 25 microns, or greater than or equal to 50 microns.
  • the average largest cross-sectional dimension of the hydrophobic particles may be less than or equal to 100 microns, less than or equal to 50 microns, less than or equal to 25 microns, less than or equal to 10 microns, less than or equal to 5 microns, less than or equal to 3 microns, or less than or equal to 1 micron. Combinations of the foregoing ranges are possible (e.g., greater than or equal to 1 micron and less than or equal to 10 microns). Other ranges are also possible.
  • the disclosed electrodes may be used in an electrochemical system.
  • the electrochemical system may include any of a variety of suitable volumes, for instance, greater than or equal to 100 cm 3 , greater than or equal to 500 cm 3 , greater than or equal to 1,000 cm 3 , greater than or equal to 3,000 cm 3 , greater than or equal to 5,000 cm 3 , greater than or equal to 10,000 cm 3 , greater than or equal to 50,000 cm 3 , greater than or equal to 70,000 cm 3 , greater than or equal to 100,000 cm 3 , greater than or equal to 500,000 cm 3 , greater than or equal to 1 m 3 , greater than or equal to 10 m 3 , greater than or equal to 50 m 3 , greater than or equal to 100 m 3 , or greater.
  • the volume of the electrochemical system may be less than or equal to 150 m 3 , less than or equal to 100 m 3 , less than or equal to 50 m 3 , less than or equal to 10 m 3 , less than or equal to 1 m 3 , less than or equal to 500,000 cm 3 , less than or equal to 100,000 cm 3 , less than or equal to 70,000 cm 3 , less than or equal to 50,000 cm 3 , less than or equal to 10,000 cm 3 , less than or equal to 5,000 cm 3 , less than or equal to 3,000 cm 3 , less than or equal to 1,000 cm 3 , or less than or equal to 500 cm 3 . Combinations of the foregoing ranges are possible. Other ranges are also possible.
  • the volume of a single electrode stack falls within one of these volume ranges. In some embodiments, the sum of the volumes of all electrode stacks of the system falls within one of these volume ranges. In some embodiments, the sum of the volumes of all electrode stacks, tanks, and the balance of the facility employing the electrode stacks of the system falls within one of these volume ranges.
  • Electrodes described above may be used as the cathode in an electrochemical system (e.g., in each electrochemical cell of an electrode stack).
  • electrochemical systems comprising the electrode structures described herein may further comprise other components to electrochemical systems.
  • the electrochemical systems may further comprise a second electrode, e.g., an anode.
  • the anode material may comprise any of a variety of materials.
  • the anode may comprise carbon (e.g., graphite), noble metals and oxides or salts (e.g., Pt, Au, Ag), transition metals and oxides or salts (e.g., Ni, Co, Fe), and/or alloys (e.g., stainless steel), Raney nickel, or flame- sprayed.
  • Other anode materials are also possible.
  • the electrochemical system may further comprise a separator to minimize and/or prevent crossover of the electrolyte between the anodic and cathodic electrodes of the cell.
  • the separator may be a cation exchange membrane.
  • the separator may be an anion exchange membrane.
  • using a cation exchange membrane as a separator may be advantageous because it may minimize and/or prevent crossover of anions present in basic solution of the electrochemical cell (e.g., perhydroxyl anions, polyatomic anions containing metals such as zincate).
  • using an anion exchange membrane as a separator may be advantageous to minimize and/or prevent crossover of ions present in acidic solution of the electrochemical cell (e.g., metallic cations).
  • the separator may comprise polyethylene, PTFE, polyvinyl chloride, ceramics, or fluorinated polymers (e.g., perfluorosulfonic acid (PFSA), Nafion).
  • PFSA perfluorosulfonic acid
  • Nafion fluorinated polymers
  • the electrochemical system may further comprise a solvent system and/or an electrolyte, in some embodiments.
  • the solvent system may be organic.
  • the solvent system may be aqueous.
  • Any of a variety of electrolytes may be used, in accordance with some embodiments, for example, metallic ions, halides, acids, bases and/or polyatomic ions. Exemplary cations include, but are not limited to, H + , NH 4 + , Li + , Na + , K + , Ca 2+ , and Mg 2+ .
  • Example anions may include, but are not limited to, F’, Cl", Br", T, OH", SO4 2 ', CO 3 2 ’, NO 3 ‘, perhydroxyl anion, and PO4 3 '. Other ions are possible. In some embodiments, certain reduction reactions may proceed more efficiently at relatively basic pH values. According to some cases, relatively basic solution may also be used on the anodic side of the electrochemical cell. In some such cases, electrogenerated compounds from the anode may be anions and/or form anionic complexes after oxidation at the anode. In some such embodiments, electrogenerated compounds from the anode that accumulate a negative charge due to the conditions of the electrolyte may not crossover the separator into the cathode side of the electrochemical cell when using a cation exchange membrane.
  • ions present in the electrolyte may be present in a concentration of at least 100 mM, at least 500 mM, at least 1 M, at least 1.5 M, at least 2 M, at least 2.5 M, at least 3 M, at least 4 M, at least 5 M, or at least 8 M.
  • the electrolyte may be present in a concentration of no more than 10 M, no more than 8 M, no more than 5 M, no more than 4 M, no more than 3 M, no more than 2.5 M, no more than 2 M, no more than 1.5 M, no more than 1 M, or no more than 500 mM. Combinations of the foregoing ranges are possible. Other ranges are also possible.
  • the concentration of the electrolyte in the anodic cell and the cathodic cell of the electrochemical cell may not be the same. In some cases, the concentration of electrolyte may be selected such that any electrogenerated compounds do not react, precipitate, or otherwise decompose within the system.
  • the system may be configured to flow electrolyte solution across and/or through at least a portion of the electrode. In some cases, the system may be configured to flow electrolyte solution across and/or through at least a portion of each electrode in an electrode stack. In some cases, the electrolyte solution may be flowed over and/or through each cathode of each electrochemical stack. In some cases, flowing the electrolyte solution may minimize and/or prevent steep concentration gradients of electrogenerated compounds (e.g., hydrogen peroxide or associated ions, or other compounds) from forming throughout the electrochemical system, for example, near the separator and/or near the electrodes.
  • electrogenerated compounds e.g., hydrogen peroxide or associated ions, or other compounds
  • avoiding such steep concentration gradients may minimize and/or prevent crossover of electrolyte between half cells (e.g., between the cathode and the anode) and/or from forming precipitates due to relatively high local concentrations of the electrogenerated compounds in the absence of flow.
  • the electrolyte may be recirculated throughout the system in order to further mitigate steep concentration gradients of electrogenerated compounds.
  • the electrolyte solution may be flowed through the system at any of a variety of flow rates, in accordance with some embodiments.
  • using relatively high flow rates may be advantageous, for example, for increasing mass transport of reactant species to the surface of the electrodes of the electrochemical system, for increasing mass transport of the electrogenerated compounds away from the surface of the electrodes, and/or flowing solution through pores of a relatively porous electrode (e.g., non-woven fibers comprising carbon).
  • using the electrode structure described herein within an electrochemical system may facilitate relatively high faradaic efficiencies for certain electrogenerated compounds, and thus concentration gradients of the electrogenerated compounds may be relatively steep near the surface of the electrodes that are electrogenerating the compound.
  • relatively high flow rates may facilitate the transport of the electrogenerated compound away from the electrode surface, which may minimize and/or prevent precipitation or species involving the electrogenerated compounds.
  • pressure may be applied to achieve the relatively high flow rates.
  • the linear flow velocity of the electrolyte solution flowing through the electrode may be greater than or equal to 1 millimeter per second, greater than or equal to 1 centimeter per second, greater than or equal to 5 centimeters per second, greater than or equal to 10 centimeters per second, or greater than or equal to 25 centimeters per second. In some embodiments, the linear flow velocity of the electrolyte solution flowing through the electrode may be less than or equal to 50 centimeters per second, less than or equal to 25 centimeters per second, less than or equal to 10 centimeters per second, less than or equal to 5 centimeters per second, or less than or equal to 1 centimeter per second. Combinations of the foregoing ranges are possible. Other ranges are also possible.
  • the electrolyte solution may flow through a nominal cross section of the electrode at a rate of greater than or equal to 1 millimeter per second, greater than or equal to 2 millimeters per second, greater than or equal to 3 millimeters per second, greater than or equal to 5 millimeters per second, greater than or equal to 8 millimeters per second, greater than or equal to 1 centimeter per second, greater than or equal to 5 centimeters per second, greater than or equal to 10 centimeters per second, or greater than or equal to 25 centimeters per second.
  • the electrolyte solution may flow through a nominal amount of surface area of the electrode at a rate of less than or equal to 50 centimeters per second, less than or equal to 25 centimeters per second, less than or equal to 10 centimeters per second, less than or equal to 5 centimeters per second, less than or equal to 1 centimeter per second, less than or equal to 8 millimeters per second, less than or equal to 5 millimeters per second, less than or equal to 3 millimeters per second, or less than or equal to 2 millimeters per second. Combinations of the foregoing ranges are possible. Other ranges are also possible.
  • the flow rates on separate sides of the electrochemical system may differ, for example based on the electrode present on each side of the electrochemical system. For instance, in some cases, a higher flow rate may be used on the cathode side where a relatively porous electrode may be used in comparison to a lower flow rate on the anode side where a planar electrode may be used. Still other embodiments may have different electrode structures on either side of the electrochemical system and may utilize different flow rates based on the pressure drop associated with each electrode structure and the configuration of the electrochemical system. Different flow rates in different compartments of the electrochemical system may be achieved using multiple pumps, mass flow controllers, sensors, or the like, as described elsewhere herein.
  • the cathode side of an electrochemical cell may be fluidly connected to a recirculation tank.
  • each of the cathodes in an electrode stack may be fluidically connected to a recirculation tank.
  • the compounds that are electrocatalytically generated at the cathode flow from the cathode to the recirculation tank.
  • the amount of compound electrogenerated at the cathode may be relatively constant as a function of time.
  • the solution flowing into the recirculation tank from the cathode may comprise a relatively constant amount of electrogenerated compound while the current density at the cathode is maintained.
  • the recirculation tank may further comprise a second inlet through which fresh catholyte solution (e.g., catholyte solution containing no electrogenerated compounds, for example, water) and/or an outlet from which solution containing the electrogenerated compound may be withdrawn therefrom.
  • fresh catholyte solution e.g., catholyte solution containing no electrogenerated compounds, for example, water
  • the volume of the solution in the recirculation tank may be maintained at a constant level
  • the concentration of the compounds in the recirculation tank may be maintained at a constant level (e.g., after the system equilibrates while the cathode is applying the relatively constant current density)
  • a fraction of the compounds may be withdrawn from the system (e.g., through the outlet) as the system runs continuously.
  • the flow rate through the cathode side of the electrochemical cell and through the first inlet of the recirculation tank, the flow rate through the second inlet of the recirculation tank, and the flow rate through the outlet of the recirculation tank may be altered depending on the desired current density at the cathode and/or the desired withdrawal rate of the compound from the system.
  • the system may further comprise any of a variety of sensors.
  • sensors for measuring the flow rate into and/or out of the components of the electrochemical system e.g., the electrode stack, the cathodic reservoir, the anodic reservoir
  • Other sensors are also possible, e.g., sensors for measuring the concentration of species in solution (e.g., the concentration of electrogenerated compound).
  • a sample of solution from the electrochemical system may be withdrawn and tested external the system to determine a concentration of species in solution.
  • sensors may be present to determine the generation and/or presence of undesirable materials, e.g., precipitates.
  • species such as precipitates may be observed through optical means (e.g., spectroscopy) and/or via an increase in resistance or other electrical methods.
  • optical means e.g., spectroscopy
  • the sensors may provide real-time feedback and/or be in communication with processors and/or controllers in order alter system parameters in real time to increase system efficiency, for example, the flow rates and/or applied current densities.
  • the system may comprise flow sensors, but not other types of sensors. Still other systems do not comprise any sensors.
  • methods comprising mixing a liquid and a gas to form a two-phase solution, flowing the two-phase solution over and/or through at least a portion of an electrode comprising a substrate and applying a voltage to the electrode such that at least a portion of the gas participates in a reaction to electrochemically generate a compound at the electrode are detailed.
  • the solution containing the electrogenerated compound is recirculated to the compartment containing the electrode at least until the compound is present in solution in an amount of greater than or equal to 2 wt%.
  • a two-phase solution may be flowed through a cathode substrate of an electrochemical cell, wherein the electrochemical cell may be present within an electrode stack.
  • two-phase solution may facilitate electrocatalytic reactions involving gaseous reactants and liquid phase reactant. It is believed that the use of two-phase solutions may promote the formation of three- phase boundaries on the surface of the electrode (e.g., on an external surface and/or in the void space of the electrode). In some cases, two phase solutions generally refer to the simultaneous flow of two different phases, for example, gas and liquid, that are interspersed.
  • the characteristics of two-phase solutions may depend on the relative flow rates of the constituent phases, the properties of the phases, and/or the interactions of the phases with the system (e.g., the fluidic channel transporting the two-phase solution, the electrode structure, etc.).
  • the liquid may be flowed to the intersection where two- phase solution may be generated at any of a variety of rates. In some cases, the rate of liquid flow may be dependent on the volumetric size of the system. In some embodiments, the liquid may be flowed to the intersection where two-phase solution may be generated at a rate of greater than or equal to 0.2 mL/min, greater than or equal to 0.5 mL/min, greater than or equal to 1 mL/min, greater than or equal to 2 mL/min, greater than or equal to 5 mL/min, greater than or equal to 30 mL/min, greater than or equal to 50 mL/min, greater than or equal to 100 mL/min, greater than or equal to 500 mL/min, greater than or equal to 1,000 mL/min, or greater than or equal to 2,500 mL/min.
  • the liquid may flow at a rate of less than or equal to 5,000 mL/min, less than or equal to 2,500 mL/min, less than or equal to 1,000 mL/min, less than or equal to 500 mL/min, less than or equal to 100 mL/min, less than or equal to 50 mL/min, less than or equal to 30 mL/min, less than or equal to 5 mL/min, less than or equal to 2 mL/min, less than or equal to 1 mL/min, or less than or equal to 0.5 mL/min. Combinations of the foregoing ranges are possible. Other ranges are also possible.
  • the gas may be flowed to the intersection where two-phase solution may be generated at of a variety of rates. In some cases, the mass flow rate of liquid may be dependent on the volumetric size of the system. In some embodiments, the gas may be flowed to the intersection where two-phase solution may be generated at a mass flow rate of greater than or equal to 0.2 standard liters per minute (slpm), greater than or equal to 1 slpm, greater than or equal to 1 slpm, greater than or equal to 5 slpm, greater than or equal to 10 slpm, greater than or equal to 25 slpm, or greater than or equal to 35 slpm.
  • slpm standard liters per minute
  • the liquid may flow at a rate of less than or equal to 50 slpm, less than or equal to 35 slpm, less than or equal to 25 slpm, less than or equal to 10 slpm, less than or equal to 5 slpm, or less than or equal to 1 slpm, less than or equal to 0.5 slpm. Combinations of the foregoing ranges are possible. Other ranges are also possible.
  • the ratio of the gas present in the two-phase solution to the amount of gas converted to compound in the electrocatalytic reaction may be greater than or equal to 2, greater than or equal to 3, greater than or equal to 4, greater than or equal to 5, greater than or equal to 6, greater than or equal to 7, greater than or equal to 8, or greater than or equal to 9.
  • the ratio of the gas present in the two-phase solution to the amount of gas converted to compound in the electric catalytic reaction may be less than or equal to 10, less than or equal to 9, less than or equal to 8, less than or equal to 7, less than or equal to 6, less than or equal to 5, less than or equal to 4, or less than or equal to 3.
  • Combinations of the four going ranges are possible (e.g., greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to 10, greater than or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 6). Other ranges are also possible.
  • the electrocatalysis performed in the systems described herein involve flowing solution across and/or through at least one of the electrodes in the system.
  • the system may include an electrode containing a substrate, a pretreatment of hydrophobic particles (e.g., PTFE particles), and a catalyst layer comprising an active material and/or hydrophobic particles.
  • pressurized flow may be used to facilitate the flow of solution across and/or through at least one of the electrodes of the system.
  • pressurized flow of the two-phase solution may facilitate the use of two- phase solutions in combination with the electrode structures described herein.
  • any of a variety of methods may be used.
  • fluid pumps e.g., peristaltic pumps, diaphragm pumps, gear pumps, centrifugal pumps, rotary vane pumps
  • compressed gas hydraulic systems, or pneumatic systems
  • Liquid ring compressors are particularly advantageous for providing pressure to gases.
  • liquid ring compressors may humidify the gas.
  • mass flow controllers and/or mass flow sensors may be coupled with the methods for pressurizing flow to achieve certain flows rates over and/or through at least one of the electrodes of the systems.
  • Pressures may be varied, in some cases, to achieve different flow rates of the solution across and/or through the electrodes of the system. Different flow rates may be desirable, in accordance with some embodiments, based on a variety of factors, including mass transport of the reactants to the electrode, mass transport of the electrogenerated compounds away from the electrode, and/or maintaining certain current densities at the electrode, as described in more detail elsewhere herein.
  • recirculating the catholyte and/or the anolyte solution after it passes over and/or through the cathode and anode, respectively may provide any of a variety of advantages.
  • recirculating an electrogenerated compound from the anode and/or cathode in the system may reduce concentration gradients of the electrogenerated compound near the anode or cathode. According to some such embodiments, this may reduce and/or eliminate the formation of precipitates including and/or involving the electrogenerated compound.
  • solution containing the electrogenerated compound that flows from the outlets A8 and C4 of the cathode or anode may flow to reservoirs A4 and C5.
  • the electrogenerated compound collected in at least one of the reservoirs may be separated and/or drained from the reservoir via an outlet on the reservoir.
  • the electrogenerated compound when the electrogenerated compound is in solution (e.g., dissolved in solution), the electrogenerated compound may be removed (e.g., from the system) via an outlet suitable for solutions to flow therethrough, such as a drain or a tube.
  • the electrogenerated compound when the electrogenerated compound is gaseous (e.g., a gas not dissolved in solution), the electrogenerated compound may be removed via an outlet suitable for gases to flow therethrough, such as vents.
  • solution from the cathodic reservoir is removed via outlet C6 to obtain solution containing the electrogenerated compound.
  • fresh reactant solution e.g., a solution having a composition substantially the same as the solution flowed over the electrode before electrogenerating any compounds and/or water containing essentially none of the electrogenerated compound
  • the reservoir in place of the removed solution via the inlet Cl, which may help to maintain a constant level of electrogenerated compound within the reservoir (e.g., cathodic reservoir) when operating the system at steady state.
  • the water added to the reservoir is deionized (DI) water.
  • the system shown in FIG. 1 may provide various advantages, for instance, the configuration of the system facilitates the recirculation of the compound in the catholyte (as illustrated, e.g., or anolyte in alternative embodiments) and thus may minimize concentration gradients of the electrogenerated compound near the cathode.
  • the system shown in Figure 1 may facilitate the continuous operation of the system while also continuously drawing off electrogenerated compound from, for example, the catholyte reservoir C5 via outlet C6. In such a manner, using outlet C6 and inlet Cl of the catholyte reservoir C5, the rate at which electrogenerated compound is drawn from the catholyte reservoir C5 may be based on the flow rate of the catholyte reservoir solution through the outlet C6.
  • the concentration of the electrogenerated compound throughout the system may be maintained at a relatively constant value during steady-state operation.
  • the solution flowing from the outlet of the system into a reservoir may initially contain a relatively low amount of electrogenerated compound.
  • the cathode may generate no more than 2 wt%, no more than 1 wt%, no more than 0.8 wt%, no more than 0.6 wt%, no more than 0.4 wt%, no more than 0.2 wt%, no more than 0.1 wt%, no more than 0.08 wt%, no more than 0.05 wt%, no more than 0.03 wt%, no more than 0.01 wt%, no more than 0.008 wt%, no more than 0.005 wt%, or no more than 0.003 wt% of hydrogen peroxide in the solution flowing from the outlet of the electrochemical system after a single pass by the cathode (e.g., or cathodes in an electrode stack).
  • the system may be configured so that solution is not withdrawn from the reservoir until a certain amount of electrogenerated compound is in the electrolyte solution being recirculated through the system (e.g., present in the reservoir).
  • the electrogenerated compound (e.g., the desired, value-added electrogenerated compound, such as hydrogen peroxide) may be recirculated through the system without withdrawing any electrogenerated compound (e.g., via outlet C5 in FIG. 1) until the electrogenerated compound is present in solution in a predetermined concentration.
  • Additional compounds, other than a desired, value- added electrogenerated compound, may also be present in solution.
  • Such compounds may be electrogenerated and/or participate as a charge carrier in the electrogeneration of the desired electrogenerated compound (e.g., NaOH may be present in solution and participate in the electrogeneration of hydrogen peroxide and/or may be produced by an electrochemical reaction itself).
  • concentration ranges described in this paragraph below should not be interpreted as limiting the amount of such additional compounds.
  • a solution comprising the electrogenerated compound may flow out of an outlet of a compartment containing an electrode wherein the electrogenerated compound was electrogenerated.
  • at least a portion of the solution from the outlet may be recirculated from the outlet to the inlet of the compartment such that the electrogenerated compound is present in solution in a predetermined concentration.
  • the electrogenerated compound when recirculated, is present in the solution in an amount of greater than or equal to 0.2 wt%, greater than or equal to 0.4 wt%, greater than or equal to 0.6 wt%, greater than or equal to 0.8 wt%, greater than or equal to 1 wt%, greater than or equal to 1.5 wt%, greater than or equal to 2 wt%, greater than or equal to 3 wt%, greater than or equal to 4 wt%, greater than or equal to 5 wt %, or greater than or equal to 6 wt% of the solution.
  • the electrogenerated compound when recirculated, is present in the solution in an amount of less than or equal to 7 wt%, less than or equal to 6 wt%, less than or equal to 5 wt%, less than or equal to 4 wt%, less than or equal to 2 wt%, less than or equal to 1.5 wt%, less than or equal to 1 wt%, less than or equal to 0.8 wt%, less than or equal to 0.6 wt%, or less than or equal to 0.4 wt% of the solution. Combinations of the foregoing ranges are possible (e.g., greater than or equal to 2 wt% and less than or equal to 7 wt%). Other ranges are also possible.
  • the electrogenerated compound may be recirculated through the system without withdrawing any electrogenerated compound (e.g., via outlet C5 in FIG. 1) until the electrogenerated compound is present in solution in a predetermined concentration, for example, present in the solution in an amount of at least 0.2 wt%, at least 0.4 wt%, at least 0.6 wt%, at least 0.8 wt%, at least 1 wt%, at least 1.5 wt%, at least 2 wt%, at least 3 wt%, at least 4 wt%, at least 5 wt %, or at least 6 wt% of the solution.
  • a predetermined concentration for example, present in the solution in an amount of at least 0.2 wt%, at least 0.4 wt%, at least 0.6 wt%, at least 0.8 wt%, at least 1 wt%, at least 1.5 wt%, at least 2 wt%, at least 3 wt%, at least 4 wt%, at
  • the solution may be recirculated without removing any electrogenerated compound in solution until the electrogenerated compound is present in solution in an amount of no more than 7 wt%, no more than 6 wt%, no more than 5 wt%, no more than 4 wt%, no more than 2 wt%, no more than 1.5 wt%, no more than 1 wt%, no more than 0.8 wt%, no more than 0.6 wt%, or no more than 0.4 wt% of the solution. Combinations of the foregoing ranges are possible (e.g., greater than or equal to 2 wt% and less than or equal to 6 wt%). Other ranges are also possible.
  • FIG. 8 shows a general flow diagram 800 related to recirculating the electrolyte in an electrochemical system for generating hydrogen peroxide.
  • electrogenerating other compounds are also possible, as this disclosure is not so limited.
  • the raw materials e.g., deionized (DI) water, or water having at least a certain level of resistivity as described elsewhere herein, and/or other electrolyte components and/or reactants may be flowed into electrochemical stack 804 (e.g., peroxide stack, the electrochemical system).
  • An applied current density may be applied 806 to the electrochemical stack 804 via a power source to electrochemically generate peroxide (e.g., or other compounds in other systems).
  • Electrochemically generating compounds such as peroxide, in some cases, refers to applying a voltage to an electrode to facilitate a reduction and/or oxidation reaction at the electrode.
  • At least one reactant is reduced and/or oxidized at the electrode, which then may react with another species in solution to form the final, electrogenerated compound.
  • the solution containing the electrogenerated produce may be flowed to a reservoir 810, for instance, a catholyte tank, where it may be recirculated to the peroxide stack.
  • the electrogenerated compound may be diluted before recirculating by mixing with raw materials 802.
  • some compound may be withdrawn from the solution 808 for use elsewhere.
  • recirculation before withdrawing the electrogenerating compound 808 may continue until a desired concentration of the electrogenerated compound is present in the electrolyte solution.
  • raw materials may not be continuously introduced in the system 802 until electrogenerated compound is being withdrawn 808, so as to maintain a relatively constant concentration of the electrogenerated compound in the system.
  • Some aspects of the present disclosure are related to methods of using and/or operating the systems described herein.
  • the electrode structures described elsewhere herein may be used in the systems, for example an electrode including a substrate.
  • electrode structures disclosed in the present application may facilitate the formation of three phase boundaries, at which certain electrochemical reactions may occur (e.g., reduction of oxygen). As disclosed elsewhere herein, it is believed that the discrete hydrophilic and hydrophobic regions on the surface of the electrode promote the formation of such three-phase boundaries.
  • the electrode e.g., the hydrophilic active material such as carbon and/or the hydrophobic particles such as PTFE particles
  • flowing a gas over the electrode structure before flowing a solution over and/or through the electrode may be advantageous.
  • the gas may be dry.
  • the gas may have a relative humidity of greater than or equal to 50%, greater than or equal to 75%, greater than or equal to 90%, up to 100%.
  • the gas may comprise O2, N2, H2, Ar, or the like. Other gases are also possible. Combinations of gases, where the combinations have various ratios of constituent gases, are possible.
  • solution may be flowed over and/or through the electrode.
  • the flowed solution comprises water. It should be understood that when water is described as being flowed (e.g., through a portion of the electrochemical system and/or over and/or through the electrode), that water may be in the form of pure water, or it may be mixed with one or more additional species (e.g., as part of an aqueous solution). The additional species may be, for example solute such as NaOH or other softening agents.
  • the flowed water comprises softened water.
  • the flowed water comprises deionized water.
  • the solution may consist of deionized water.
  • the solution may be flowed over and/or through the electrode with the gas.
  • the solution may comprise an electrolyte solution, for example, a solution comprising water and electrolyte ions (e.g., dissociated NaOH, or the like, as described elsewhere herein).
  • electrochemical reactions at the electrodes may occur in a relatively efficient manner.
  • the electrochemical reactions may proceed at a relatively high faradaic efficiency with a low percentage of side products, in some embodiments.
  • the electrochemical reactions may proceed without having to apply a significant amount of overpotential when compared to the thermodynamic reduction potential of the reaction.
  • the electrochemical reaction may occur without needing to apply a significant amount of overpotential despite, for example, the relatively sluggish kinetics of the reaction (e.g., oxygen reduction, CO2 reduction, or the like) due to the electrode structures described herein and/or the systems disclosed (e.g., flowing a two-phase solution).
  • the faradaic efficiency of at least one of the reactions in the electrochemical system may be relatively high.
  • the faradaic efficiency of the reduction reaction e.g., the two-electron reduction of oxygen to hydrogen peroxide
  • the faradaic efficiency of at least one of the reactions in the electrochemical system may be greater than or equal to 80%, greater than or equal to 85%, greater than or equal to 90%, greater than or equal to 95%, greater than or equal to 98%, greater than or equal to 99%, greater than or equal to 99.5%, or greater than or equal to 99.9%.
  • the faradaic efficiency may refer to the reduction reaction (e.g., oxygen reduction to hydrogen peroxide).
  • the faradaic efficiency may refer to the oxidation reaction.
  • relatively low over potentials may be used to obtain relatively high current densities at the electrodes of the system.
  • the overpotential input into the system relative to the thermodynamic reduction potential of the half reaction e.g., the reduction reaction
  • the overpotential input into the system relative to the thermodynamic reduction potential of the half reaction may be less than or equal to 500 millivolts, less than or equal to 400 millivolts, less than or equal to 300 millivolts, less than or equal to 200 millivolts, less than or equal to 100 millivolts, less than or equal to 50 millivolts, or less than or equal to 20 millivolts.
  • the overpotential input into the system relative to the thermodynamic potential difference of the two half cells may be less than or equal to 1 volt, less than or equal to 900 millivolts, less than or equal to 800 millivolts, less than or equal to 700 millivolts, less than or equal to 600 millivolts, less than or equal to 500 millivolts, or less.
  • the overpotential input into the system may be related to the identity of the half reactions, potential loss due to the presence of the separator, concentration polarization, and/or the operating conditions (e.g., current density, temperature, or the like).
  • the relatively high faradaic efficiency towards certain electrochemical reactions using the electrode structures and/or the systems described herein may facilitate the application of relatively high current densities at the electrodes in the systems without significant energy losses and/or generation of a significant amount of side products.
  • an absolute magnitude of the current density at the electrode may be greater than or equal to 20 mA/cm 2 , greater than or equal to 50 mA/cm 2 , greater than or equal to 100 mA/cm 2 , greater than or equal to 150 mA/cm 2 , greater than or equal to 200 mA/cm 2 , greater than or equal to 300 mA/cm 2 , greater than or equal to 400 mA/cm 2 , greater than or equal to 500 mA/cm 2 , greater than or equal to 600 mA/cm 2 , greater than or equal to 700 mA/cm 2 , or greater than or equal to 800 mA/cm 2 .
  • the absolute magnitude of the current density at the electrode may be less than or equal to 800 mA/cm 2 , less than or equal to 700 mA/cm 2 , less than or equal to 600 mA/cm 2 , less than or equal to 500 mA/cm 2 , less than or equal to 400 mA/cm 2 , less than or equal to 300 mA/cm 2 , less than or equal to 200 mA/cm 2 , less than or equal to 150 mA/cm 2 , less than or equal to 100 mA/cm 2 , less than or equal to 50 mA/cm 2 . Combinations of the foregoing ranges are possible. Other ranges are also possible.
  • the systems may be configured to electrochemically generate a species (e.g., hydrogen peroxide) at any of a variety of potential differences.
  • the system may be configured to electrochemically generate a species at a voltage of less than or equal to 4.5 V, less than or equal to 4 V, less than or equal to 3.5 V, less than or equal to 3 V, less than or equal to 2.5 V, less than or equal to 2.25 V, less than or equal to 2V, less than or equal to 1.75 V, less than or equal to 1.5 V, less than or equal to 1.45 V, less than or equal to 1.4 V, less than or equal to 1.35 V, less than or equal to 1.3 V, less than or equal to 1.25 V, less than or equal to 1.2 V, less than or equal to 1.15 V, less than or equal to 1.1 V, less than or equal to 1.05 V, less than or equal to 1 V, or less.
  • the voltages described in this disclosure are applied across a cathode and an anode, e.g., in a two-electrode cell.
  • a certain current density e.g., greater than or equal to 150 mA/cm 2
  • the system may have heaters incorporated, for example, resistive heating coil and/or a heat exchanger. Other heaters are also possible.
  • the solution may be heated before being flowed through the system.
  • the absolute magnitude of the current density may be increased in a linear ramping function, in a stepwise function, in an exponential function, or the like.
  • the absolute magnitude of the current density may be increased at a rate of greater than or equal to 3 mA/cm 2 /min, greater than or equal to 25 mA/cm 2 /min, greater than or equal to 50 mA/cm 2 /min, greater than or equal to 100 mA/cm 2 /min, or greater than or equal to 150 mA/cm 2 /min.
  • the absolute magnitude of the current density may be increased at a rate of less than or equal to 200 mA/cm 2 /min, less than or equal to 150 mA/cm 2 /min, less than or equal to 100 mA/cm 2 /min, less than or equal to 50 mA/cm 2 /min, or less than or equal to 25 mA/cm 2 /min.
  • the absolute magnitude of the current density may be increased until a desired absolute current density for operation of the electrochemical system is reached. Combinations of the foregoing ranges are possible. Other ranges are also possible.
  • a desired current density for operation of the electrochemical system may be at least 150 mA/cm 2 , at least 175 mA/cm 2 , at least 200 mA/cm 2 , at least 225 mA/cm 2 , at least 250 mA/cm 2 , at least 275 mA/cm 2 , at least 300 mA/cm 2 , at least 325 mA/cm 2 , at least 350 mA/cm 2 , at least 375 mA/cm 2 , or at least 400 mA/cm 2 and/or no more than 425 mA/cm 2 , no more than 450 mA/cm 2 , no more than 475 mA/cm 2 , no more than 500 mA/cm 2 , no more than 525 mA/cm 2 , no more than 550 mA/cm 2 , no more than 575 mA/cm
  • the absolute magnitude of the current density may be increased at a rate of greater than or equal to greater than or equal to 15 mA/cm 2 , 20 mA/cm 2 , greater than or equal to 25 mA/cm 2 , greater than or equal to 30 mA/cm 2 , greater than or equal to 50 mA/cm 2 , greater than or equal to 100 mA/cm 2 , greater than or equal to 125 mA/cm 2 , greater than or equal to 250 mA/cm 2 , greater than or equal to 500 mA/cm 2 , or greater than or equal to 750 mA/cm 2 every 5 minutes.
  • the absolute magnitude of the current density may be increased at a rate of less than or equal to 1,000 mA/cm 2 , less than or equal to 750 mA/cm 2 , less than or equal to 500 mA/cm 2 , less than or equal to 250 mA/cm 2 , less than or equal to 125 mA/cm 2 , less than or equal to 100 mA/cm 2 , less than or equal to 75 mA/cm 2 , less than or equal to 50 mA/cm 2 , or less than or equal to 40 mA/cm 2 every 5 minutes.
  • the absolute magnitude of the current density may be increased until a desired absolute current density for operation of the electrochemical system is reached. Combinations of the foregoing ranges are possible.
  • the average temperature of the solution and/or the system may increase (e.g., by joule heating) to be greater than or equal to 25 degrees C, greater than or equal to 30 degrees C, greater than or equal to 35 degrees C, or greater than or equal to 40 degrees C before increasing the absolute magnitude of the current density again.
  • the average temperature of the solution and/or the system may increase to be less than or equal to 45 degrees C, less than or equal to 40 degrees C, less than or equal to 35 degrees C, or less than or equal to 30 degrees C for altering the absolute magnitude of the current density again. Combinations of the foregoing ranges are possible. Other ranges are also possible.
  • the amount of precipitate formed in the system may be less than or equal to 10 g, less than or equal to 1 g, less than or equal to 0.1 g, or less than or equal to 0.01 g, for example, after 6 hours of continuous operation of the system.
  • the precipitate may comprise sodium peroxide hydrates.
  • the precipitate may comprise Fe and/or Ni.
  • the precipitate may comprise iron oxide.
  • the precipitate may comprise Fe2O3.
  • the precipitate may comprise nickel oxide and/or nickel hydroxide.
  • the precipitate comprises NiO and/or Ni(0H)2 and/or NiOOH. Other precipitates are also possible. In some embodiments, the precise identity of the precipitate may not be known.
  • the precipitate may accumulate over long periods of operation of the system.
  • a relatively slow rate e.g. 0.01 g precipitate / 6 hours of operation
  • periodically cleaning the system may provide certain advantages, such as removing the precipitate and/or prolonging the lifetime of the system.
  • a precipitate may form at the intersection point of gas and liquid injection points.
  • the use of humidified gas prevents the formation of precipitate, in accordance with some embodiments.
  • the use of a liquid ring compressor may be advantageous as it naturally humidifies reactant gases during its operation.
  • the gas injected at the intersection point is inert.
  • the gas may comprise N2 and/or Ar.
  • the gas contains O2 and/or H2.
  • Other gases and/or combinations of the gases are also possible.
  • the gas is free of CO2 or contains CO2 in an amount of less than or equal to 5 wt%, less than or equal to 4 wt%, 3 wt%, less than or equal to 2 wt%, less than or equal to 1 wt%, less than or equal to 0.1 wt%, less than or equal to 0.01 wt%, less than or equal to 0.001 wt%, less than or equal to 0.0001 wt%, or less.
  • the system may be electrochemically generating a compound and then an absolute magnitude of a current density of the system may be decreased to less than or equal to 1 mA/cm 2 , less than or equal to 0.1 mA/cm 2 , or less, for example to 0 mA/cm 2 .
  • a solution comprising a reducing agent and/or a chelation agent (e.g., a cleaning solution) may be flowed through the system.
  • the solution is an aqueous solution comprising water and one or more solute (e.g., an electrolyte, NaOH, or other softening agents).
  • the solution may be deionized water with no additives.
  • the solution may be flowed through the system with a gas, for instance, as a two-phase solution, in some cases.
  • the solution may be flowed through the system as is without a gas. It should be understood that in some instances when the solution (e.g., a cleaning solution, a solution comprising reducing agent and/or a chelation agent, an aqueous solution, deionized water) is flowed through the system, the solution may interact with a chemical species such as a solute or other species (e.g., a precipitate).
  • a chemical species such as a solute or other species (e.g., a precipitate).
  • Interacting with a species such as a solute may involve dissolving and/or suspending the species.
  • the solution flowed through the system comprises a solute and/or forms a suspension comprising the solid species suspended in the solution.
  • the gas is inert.
  • the gas may comprise N2 and/or Ar.
  • the gas contains O2 and/or H2.
  • gases and/or combinations of the gases are also possible.
  • the gas is free of CO2 or contains CO2 in an amount of less than or equal to 5 wt%, less than or equal to 4 wt%, 3 wt%, less than or equal to 2 wt%, less than or equal to 1 wt%, less than or equal to 0.1 wt%, less than or equal to 0.01 wt%, less than or equal to 0.001 wt%, less than or equal to 0.0001 wt%, or less.
  • the reducing agent of the solution to treat one or more electrodes comprises sulfur-containing reductant.
  • the reducing agent may comprise hydrosulfite, metabisulfite, thiosulfate, sulfite, and/or bisulfite anions (e.g., with counteranions such as sodium cations, potassium cations, ammonium cations).
  • the reducing agent comprises an organic reducing agent, such as an organic acid. Examples of such reducing agents include, but are not limited to, ascorbic acid and/or oxalic acid.
  • the reducing agent of the solution to remove the precipitate may, in accordance with some embodiments, comprise sodium hydrosulfite, sodium metabisulfite, and/or sodium sulfite.
  • the reducing agent comprises bisulfite anion (e.g., sodium bisulfite), ascorbic acid, oxalic acid, and/or thiosulfate anion (e.g., sodium thiosulfate).
  • the reducing agent comprises sodium bisulfite.
  • the solution for removing the precipitate may comprise a chelating agent, such as citric acid.
  • the chelating agent comprises nitrilotriacetic acid (NTA), tripolyphosphate (TPP), citric acid, and/or ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA). In some embodiments, the chelating agent comprises EDTA. Other chelating agents are also possible.
  • the solution may be continuously flowed through the system to clean the system for at least 20 seconds and no more than 7 days. In some cases, such cleaning of the system may be performed at least once a year and no more than once a day.
  • the solution e.g., a cleaning solution, a solution comprising reducing agent and/or a chelation agent, an aqueous solution, deionized water
  • such cleaning of the system may be performed at least once a year and no more than once a day.
  • water may be flowed through the system after the solution comprising the reducing agent and the chelating agent is used to clean the system.
  • the water flowed through the system is deionized water. It should be understood that in some instances when the water (e.g., deionized water) is flowed through the system, the water may interact with a chemical species such as a solute or other species (e.g., a precipitate). Interacting with a species such as a solute, in some embodiments, may involve dissolving and/or suspending the species.
  • the water (e.g., deionized water) flowed through the system may form a solution comprising a solute and/or a suspension comprising the solid species suspended in the water.
  • the water (e.g., deionized water) may be co-flowed through the system with a gas, e.g., to form a two-phase solution, to remove any remaining precipitate and/or cleaning solution and prevent flooding of the cathode electrode structure.
  • the liquid phase of the two-phase solution may interact with a species such as a solute to form a solution comprising the solute and/or a suspension comprising the solid species.
  • flowing the cleaning solution and then the water (e.g., deionized water) may be done immediately before operating the system and/or before shutting down the system.
  • a solution is flowed through the system for at least 1 minute, at least 5 minutes, or at least 10 minutes.
  • the solution comprises the electrolyte used during operation of the electrochemical system.
  • the solution comprises water having a resistivity of greater than or equal to 1 megaohm cm, greater than or equal to 10 megaohms cm, or greater at 25 degrees C.
  • the solution comprises water having a resistivity of greater than or equal to 15 megaohms cm, greater than or equal to 17 megaohms cm, greater than or equal to 18 megaohms cm, or greater than or equal to 18.2 megaohms cm at 25 degrees C.
  • solutions are flowed through at least a portion of the electrochemical systems described herein.
  • the solution is an aqueous solution, and may be flowed through at least a portion of the system, where the aqueous solution has a resistivity corresponding with any one of the foregoing ranges.
  • an aqueous solution comprises water and one or more solutes (e.g., NaOH, other softening agents).
  • solutes e.g., NaOH, other softening agents
  • DI deionized
  • water e.g., deionized (DI) water
  • DI deionized water
  • Gas may be flowed through the system, in some cases, with the solution, for example, as a two-phase solution.
  • a two-phase solution comprising the solution and the gas may be flowed through the system (e.g., at least on a cathode side of the system).
  • a two-phase solution when cleaning and/or shutting down the system, as opposed to flowing only liquid, may reduce damage to the system (e.g., to the cathode of the system).
  • the gas flowed through the system e.g., as part of a two-phase solution
  • the gas may comprise N2 and/or Ar.
  • the gas contains O2 and/or H2.
  • Other gases and/or combinations of the gases are also possible.
  • the gas is desirable for the gas to contain little to no CO2, as the CO2 may form an alkaline solution and lead to the formation of a precipitate when flowing the two-phase solution.
  • the gas is free of CO2 or contains CO2 in an amount of less than or equal to 5 wt%, less than or equal to 4 wt%, 3 wt%, less than or equal to 2 wt%, less than or equal to 1 wt%, less than or equal to 0.1 wt%, less than or equal to 0.01 wt%, less than or equal to 0.001 wt%, less than or equal to 0.0001 wt%, or less.
  • the liquid is flowed through the system after and/or before decreasing the absolute magnitude of the applied current density in the electrochemical system at any of a variety of suitable flow rates.
  • the liquid may be flowed through the system when shutting down and/or cleaning the system.
  • the liquid flow rate may be dependent on the volumetric size of the system.
  • the liquid may be flowed through the system at a rate of greater than or equal to 0.2 mL/min, greater than or equal to 0.5 mL/min, greater than or equal to 1 mL/min, greater than or equal to 2 mL/min, greater than or equal to 5 mL/min, greater than or equal to 30 mL/min, greater than or equal to 50 mL/min, greater than or equal to 100 mL/min, greater than or equal to 500 mL/min, greater than or equal to 1,000 mL/min, or greater than or equal to 2,500 mL/min.
  • the liquid may flow through the system at a rate of less than or equal to 5,000 mL/min, less than or equal to 2,500 mL/min, less than or equal to 1,000 mL/min, less than or equal to 500 mL/min, less than or equal to 100 mL/min, less than or equal to 50 mL/min, less than or equal to 30 mL/min, less than or equal to 5 mL/min, less than or equal to 2 mL/min, less than or equal to 1 mL/min, or less than or equal to 0.5 mL/min. Combinations of the foregoing ranges are possible. Other ranges are also possible.
  • the flow rates here are on a per single cell basis of a single cell (e.g., per each single electrochemical cell of a stack).
  • the gas is flowed through the system after and/or before decreasing the absolute magnitude of the applied current density in the electrochemical system at any of a variety of suitable flow rates.
  • the gas may be flowed through the system when shutting down and/or cleaning the system.
  • the gas mass flow rate may be dependent on the volumetric size of the system.
  • the gas may be flowed through the system at a mass flow rate of greater than or equal to 0.2 standard liters per minute (slpm), greater than or equal to 1 slpm, greater than or equal to 1 slpm, greater than or equal to 5 slpm, greater than or equal to 10 slpm, greater than or equal to 25 slpm, or greater than or equal to 35 slpm.
  • slpm standard liters per minute
  • the liquid may flow at a rate of less than or equal to 50 slpm, less than or equal to 35 slpm, less than or equal to 25 slpm, less than or equal to 10 slpm, less than or equal to 5 slpm, or less than or equal to 1 slpm, less than or equal to 0.5 slpm. Combinations of the foregoing ranges are possible. Other ranges are also possible.
  • the flow rates here are on a per single cell basis of a single cell (e.g., per each single electrochemical cell of a stack).
  • gas may be flowed through the system to purge to electrode stack of liquid and/or to maintain the hydrophobicity of the electrode in the system.
  • the gas may comprise O2, N2, H2, Ar, or the like.
  • Other gases and/or combinations of the gases are also possible.
  • the gas flowed to purge the system may contain little to no CO2 to avoid precipitating compounds within the system.
  • the gas may be free of CO2 or contain CO2 in an amount of less than or equal to 5 wt%, less than or equal to 4 wt%, 3 wt%, less than or equal to 2 wt%, less than or equal to 1 wt%, less than or equal to 0.1 wt%, less than or equal to 0.01 wt%, less than or equal to 0.001 wt%, less than or equal to 0.0001 wt%, or less.
  • the electrodes, systems, and methods described herein are generally related to improving the efficiency of certain electrochemical reactions within systems and/or the lifetime of such systems.
  • a system may electrogenerate hydrogen peroxide at a relatively high efficiency with little overpotential and an electrolyte solution comprising approximately greater than or equal to 0.001 M, greater than or equal to 0.01 M, greater than or equal to 0.1 M, greater than or equal to 0.5 M, greater than or equal to 1 M, or greater than or equal to 1.5 M and/or less than or equal to 2 M, less than or equal to 3 M, less than or equal to 4 M, or less than or equal to 4.8 M NaOH.
  • a system may electrogenerate hydrogen peroxide at a relatively high efficiency with little overpotential and an electrolyte solution comprising approximately greater than or equal to 0.001 M, greater than or equal to 0.01 M, greater than or equal to 0.1 M, greater than or equal to 0.5 M, or greater than or equal to 1 M and/or less than or equal to 1.2 M, less than or equal to 1.4 M, less than or equal to 1.6 M, less than or equal to 1.8 M, or less than or equal to 2 M of H2O2.
  • the system may be configured to electrochemically generate hydrogen peroxide at a current density described elsewhere herein when the system has an average temperature of greater than or equal to 25 degrees C, greater than or equal to 40 degrees C, greater than or equal to 35 degrees C, greater than or equal to 40 degrees C, greater than or equal to 50 degrees C, greater than or equal to 60 degrees C, or greater than or equal to 70 degrees C and/or less than or equal to 80 degrees C, less than or equal to 90 degrees C, or less than or equal to 100 degrees C for at least 1,000 hours, at least 10,000 hours, or at least 30,000 hours.
  • a system may electrogenerate hydrogen peroxide at a relatively high efficiency with little overpotential and an electrolyte solution comprising approximately 2 M NaOH and 1 M hydrogen peroxide at 35 degrees C at least 1,000 hours, at least 10,000 hours, or at least 30,000 hours.
  • the system may run no more than 50,000 hours, no more than 30,000 hours, or no more than 10,000 hours.
  • some systems may operate at a relatively high efficiency (e.g., at least 90% faradaic efficiency, at least 95% faradaic efficiency, or the like for the target compound) with little overpotential (e.g., no more than 1,000 millivolts, no more than 500 millivolts, no more than 200 millivolts, no more than 100 millivolts, or the like) for at least 100 hours, at least 1,000 hours, or at least 10,000 hours.
  • the system may operate with such efficiencies for no more than 50,000 hours, no more than 10,000 hours, or no more than 1,000 hours.
  • the performance over long times may be estimated, for example, by running the systems of interest at relatively higher absolute magnitudes of applied current densities or voltages, relative to parameters sufficient for electrogenerating the desired compound.
  • treating the electrochemical system comprises exposing at least a portion of an electrode of the electrochemical system to a treatment solution.
  • the treatment solution may comprise a reducing agent and/or a chelating agent.
  • the treatment solution comprises a reducing agent.
  • the treatment solution comprises a chelating agent. It has been observed that electrochemical systems and/or specific cells and/or electrodes within the system may lose current efficiency over extended periods of use (e.g., due to flooding from hydrophilicity increases (e.g., from electrode surface oxidation)). Surprisingly, it has been observed that certain treatment solutions (e.g., comprising chelating agents and/or reducing agents) can restore at least some of the lost current efficiency.
  • the electrochemical system (or electrode therein) that is treated has undergone at least 100 hours of operation (e.g., at least 1,000 hours of operation, at least 2,000 hours of operation, at least 5,000 hours of operation, at least 10,0000 hours of operation, at least 12,500 hours of operation, or more) at a current density of greater than or equal to 20 mA/cm 2 (e.g., greater than or equal to 50 mA/cm 2 , greater than or equal to 100 mA/cm 2 , greater than or equal to 150 mA/cm 2 , greater than or equal to 200 mA/cm 2 , greater than or equal to 300 mA/cm 2 , and/or up to 1 A/cm 2 , up to 2 A/cm 2 , up to 3 A/cm 2 , up to 5 A/cm 2 , or greater) before being treated.
  • mA/cm 2 e.g., greater than or equal to 50 mA/cm 2 , greater than or equal
  • the electrode that is treated is a cathode of the system.
  • the treated cathode in accordance with some such embodiments, may comprise any of the electrode structures described elsewhere herein.
  • the cathode may comprise a carbon-containing material, such as a non-woven carbon substrate.
  • exposing at least a portion of the electrode to the treatment solution comprises flowing the solution over and/or through the at least a portion of the electrode. Flowing the solution over and/or through the at least a portion of the electrode may occur at any suitable flow rate as described elsewhere herein.
  • operation of the electrochemical system is dependent on the type of electrochemical system.
  • the electrochemical system comprising the treated electrode is configured to electrogenerate a species of interest. While aspects of the present application is generally directed to systems configured to electrochemically generate a species of interest such a H2O2, the electrodes and methods described herein may also be used in other electrochemical systems.
  • other electrochemical systems for which the aforementioned treatment with the treatment solution can contribute to beneficial results include, but are not limited to fuel cells and air batteries.
  • the electrochemical system is a fuel cell. In some embodiments, the electrochemical system is an air battery. Other electrochemical systems are also possible. For instance, other electrochemical systems utilizing reactions believed to occur at three-phase boundaries may benefit from the electrode structures and methods described herein.
  • operation of the electrochemical system comprising the electrode treated with the treatment solution comprises electrochemically generating a desired compound (e.g., H2O2). In some embodiments, operation of the electrochemical system comprises producing energy (e.g., converting energy from chemical energy to electrical energy) using the electrochemical system.
  • treating the electrochemical system comprises exposing at least a portion of an electrode of the electrochemical system to a treatment solution comprising a reducing agent.
  • the reducing agent may comprise any of the reducing agents described elsewhere herein.
  • the reducing agent comprises sodium bisulfite. It is believed that, in some embodiments, exposing the at least a portion of the electrode to the reducing agent may remove at least some of a species from at least a portion of a surface of the electrode that increases the hydrophilicity of the electrode. For example, in some embodiments, it is believed the reducing agent reduces surface oxidation of the electrode, thereby reducing the hydrophilicity of the electrode surface.
  • treating the electrochemical system comprises exposing at least a portion of an electrode of the electrochemical system to a treatment solution comprising a chelating agent.
  • the chelating agent may comprise any of the chelating agents described elsewhere herein.
  • the chelating agent comprises EDTA.
  • exposing the at least a portion of the electrode to the chelating agent may remove at least some of a species (e.g., a contaminant, a precipitate, etc.) from at least a portion of a surface of the electrode and/or from the electrochemical system, where the species decreases current efficiency of the electrochemical system during operation by promoting side reactions and/or decomposition of a desired electrogenerated product (e.g., H2O2).
  • a species e.g., a contaminant, a precipitate, etc.
  • the method of treating the electrode may further comprise flowing water over and/or through at least a portion of the electrode.
  • the water flowed over and/or through at least a portion of the electrode is deionized (DI) water.
  • a gas may also be flowed through the electrochemical system at the same time as the water (e.g., DI water).
  • the water (e.g., DI water) and gas are flowed through the electrode in the form of a two-phase solution for greater than or equal to 1 minute, greater than or equal to 5 minutes, etc., as described elsewhere herein. Any suitable gas as described elsewhere herein may be used. It will be understood that the flow rates of the DI water and/or the gas may be selected from the ranges described elsewhere herein.
  • the electrochemical system may initially operate at a certain initial current efficiency (e.g., faradaic efficiency for electrogenerating a desired product). In some embodiments, following operation of the electrochemical system for at least 100 hours, at least 1,000 hours, etc., the current efficiency of the electrochemical system may decrease. Accordingly, in some such embodiments, treating the electrochemical system (e.g., by exposing at least a portion of the electrode (e.g., cathode) to the treatment solution comprising the chelating agent and/or reducing agent) may desirably restore a current efficiency of the electrochemical system to at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 99%, or up to 100% of the initial current efficiency. This may advantageously increase the longevity of the electrochemical system.
  • a certain initial current efficiency e.g., faradaic efficiency for electrogenerating a desired product.
  • the current efficiency of the electrochemical system may decrease.
  • treating the electrochemical system e.g., by exposing at least a portion of
  • processors may be implemented as integrated circuits, with one or more processors in an integrated circuit component, including commercially available integrated circuit components known in the art by names such as CPU chips, GPU chips, microprocessor, microcontroller, or co-processor.
  • processors may be implemented in custom circuitry, such as an ASIC, or semicustom circuitry resulting from configuring a programmable logic device.
  • a processor may be a portion of a larger circuit or semiconductor device, whether commercially available, semi-custom or custom.
  • some commercially available microprocessors have multiple cores such that one or a subset of those cores may constitute a processor.
  • a processor may be implemented using circuitry in any suitable format.
  • a computing device including one or more processors may be embodied in any of a number of forms, such as a rack-mounted computer, a desktop computer, a laptop computer, or a tablet computer. Additionally, a computing device may be embedded in a device not generally regarded as a computing device but with suitable processing capabilities, including a Personal Digital Assistant (PDA), a smart phone, tablet, or any other suitable portable or fixed electronic device.
  • PDA Personal Digital Assistant
  • a computing device may have one or more input and output devices. These devices can be used, among other things, to present a user interface. Examples of output devices that can be used to provide a user interface include display screens for visual presentation of output and speakers or other sound generating devices for audible presentation of output. Examples of input devices that can be used for a user interface include keyboards, individual buttons, and pointing devices, such as mice, touch pads, and digitizing tablets. As another example, a computing device may receive input information through speech recognition or in other audible format.
  • Such computing devices may be interconnected by one or more networks in any suitable form, including as a local area network or a wide area network, such as an enterprise network or the Internet.
  • networks may be based on any suitable technology and may operate according to any suitable protocol and may include wireless networks, wired networks or fiber optic networks.
  • the various methods or processes outlined herein may be coded as software that is executable on one or more processors that employ any one of a variety of operating systems or platforms. Additionally, such software may be written using any of a number of suitable programming languages and/or programming or scripting tools, and also may be compiled as executable machine language code or intermediate code that is executed on a framework or virtual machine.
  • the embodiments described herein may be embodied as a computer readable storage medium (or multiple computer readable media) (e.g., a computer memory, one or more floppy discs, compact discs (CD), optical discs, digital video disks (DVD), magnetic tapes, flash memories, RAM, ROM, EEPROM, circuit configurations in Field Programmable Gate Arrays or other semiconductor devices, or other tangible computer storage medium) encoded with one or more programs that, when executed on one or more computers or other processors, perform methods that implement the various embodiments discussed above.
  • a computer readable storage medium may retain information for a sufficient time to provide computer-executable instructions in a non-transitory form.
  • Such a computer readable storage medium or media can be transportable, such that the program or programs stored thereon can be loaded onto one or more different computing devices or other processors to implement various aspects of the present disclosure as discussed above.
  • the term "computer-readable storage medium” encompasses only a non-transitory computer-readable medium that can be considered to be a manufacture (i.e., article of manufacture) or a machine.
  • the disclosure may be embodied as a computer readable medium other than a computer-readable storage medium, such as a propagating signal.
  • program or “software” are used herein in a generic sense to refer to any type of computer code or set of computer-executable instructions that can be employed to program a computing device or other processor to implement various aspects of the present disclosure as discussed above. Additionally, it should be appreciated that according to one aspect of this embodiment, one or more computer programs that when executed perform methods of the present disclosure need not reside on a single computing device or processor, but may be distributed in a modular fashion amongst a number of different computers or processors to implement various aspects of the present disclosure.
  • Computer-executable instructions may be in many forms, such as program modules, executed by one or more computers or other devices.
  • program modules include routines, programs, objects, components, data structures, etc. that perform particular tasks or implement particular abstract data types.
  • functionality of the program modules may be combined or distributed as desired in various embodiments.
  • embodiments described herein may be embodied as a method, of which an example has been provided.
  • the acts performed as part of the method may be ordered in any suitable way. Accordingly, embodiments may be constructed in which acts are performed in an order different than illustrated, which may include performing some acts simultaneously, even though shown as sequential acts in illustrative embodiments.
  • actions are described as taken by a “user.” It should be appreciated that a “user” need not be a single individual, and that in some embodiments, actions attributable to a “user” may be performed by a team of individuals and/or an individual in combination with computer-assisted tools or other mechanisms.
  • the determining and/or monitoring of parameters of the system may be performed in real time and may be used to provide real-time feedback to adjust one or more parameters of the system (e.g., flow rate, applied current density, voltage, or the like).
  • parameters of the system e.g., flow rate, applied current density, voltage, or the like.
  • controllers e.g., including at least one processor operatively coupled to the various controllable portions of the system as disclosed herein.
  • the method may be embodied as computer readable instructions stored on non-transitory computer readable memory associated with at least one processor such that when executed by at least one processor of the system may perform any of the actions related to the methods disclosed herein.
  • the disclosed order of the steps above is exemplary and that the disclosed steps may be performed in a different order, simultaneously, and/or may include one or more additional intermediate steps not shown as the disclosure is not so limited.
  • the following example describes an electrochemical system for generating hydrogen peroxide.
  • a cathode block was machined from resin-impregnated graphite.
  • An inlet passage was configured to carry premixed oxygen and aqueous solution (e.g., a two- phase solution) to the cathode electrode comprising a non-woven carbon substrate pretreated with hydrophobic particles and a catalyst layer from an external source.
  • An outlet passage was connected to the cathode block generally parallel to the inlet passage.
  • An anode block was constructed using a nickel block and an anode electrode comprising an expanded nickel metal mesh.
  • An inlet passage was configured to carry electrolyte to the anode from an external source.
  • An outlet passage was connected to the anode generally parallel to the inlet passage.
  • the anode was arranged parallel to the cathode block, with the anode and the cathode separated by a cation exchange membrane (e.g., Nafion) in order to allow conduction of sodium ions.
  • a cation exchange membrane e.g., Nafion
  • a mixture of aqueous electrolyte and oxygen was delivered to the cathode block via the inlet passage, flowed through the porous cathode, and then flowed out of the cathode block via the outlet passage.
  • Aqueous electrolyte was delivered to the anode block via the inlet passage, through the anode, and out of the anode block via the outlet passage.
  • the flow rates in the cathode and anode blocks were independently controlled via mass flow controllers and/or peristaltic pumps.
  • the electrolyte through the anode block flowed while the electrolyte/oxygen mixture flowed through the cathode block, and a voltage of 1.0- 1.4 V was applied.
  • Table 1 shows the system generated hydrogen peroxide in an amount of 0.2-0.3 wt% of the electrolyte-oxygen mixture per pass over the cathode at an efficiency of approximately 98%.
  • Table 1 Operational parameters of the system for generating hydrogen peroxide.
  • Electrodes were pretreated with PTFE particles suspended in an alcohol (e.g., isopropyl alcohol, IPA) or in water with surfactant.
  • FIG. 9A are images of the electrodes obtained from the pretreatment. The electrode on the left shows the results obtained from IPA-pretreated electrode, whereas the right image shows the water-pretreated electrode.
  • the electrodes had a relatively uniform coating of PTFE (e.g., after the IPA evaporated) when compared to the electrodes prepared using water and surfactant mixture as the solvent.
  • FIG. 9B show alternative cross-sectional images of the electrodes shown in FIG. 9A.
  • the IPA-treated electrode on the left shows a more homogeneous distribution of PTFE particles than the water-treated electrode on the right, which shows PTFE agglomerating on one side of the electrode.
  • the results show pretreating the electrode with a solution of IPA results in a relatively uniform distribution of PTFE on the substrate, relative to pretreating with a solution of water and surfactant.
  • An electrochemical system 1 as shown in FIG. 1 was constructed by the following method. First, electrochemical cells were constructed, with each cell comprising an anode plate, a cathode plate, and a separator. These electrochemical cells were then arranged in sequence to form a stack S 1. This stack was clamped with compression plates. Anolyte inlet A7 and anode fluid outlet A8 were provided and connected to the anode plate and fluidically connected to the anode of each cell via a common manifold and/or manifolds.
  • Catholyte inlet C3 e.g., for liquid
  • cathode gas inlet 02 and outlet C4 were provided and connected to the cathode plate and fluidically connected to the cathode of each cell via a common manifold and/or manifolds.
  • An anolyte pump A5 was used to connect a reservoir A4 of anolyte to the anolyte inlet A7.
  • a catholyte pump C2 was used to connect a reservoir of catholyte C5 to the catholyte inlet C3.
  • Product gases and/or excess reactant gases were captured in a collection tank 08 through an anode vent 04 and cathode vent 03 and sent to recirculate to the cathode by a liquid ring compressor 05.
  • the flow rates of the catholyte, anolyte, reactant gases, and product gases were metered and regulated by flow control devices (not shown).
  • a current was applied to the electrode stack while the anolyte and catholyte and reactant gas were flowing through the stack in order to electrogenerate compounds.
  • each of the electrodes are for forming hydrogen peroxide.
  • Each electrode was assembled into an electrochemical cell comprising the cathode electrode of interest, a separator, and a porous metal anode.
  • Two electrodes were used for peroxide generation, one comprising a substrate comprising carbon cloth and a second comprising a substrate comprising carbon felt (e.g., non-woven fibers).
  • the electrodes were each pretreated with PTFE powder suspended in IPA and then a slurry comprising PTFE powder, PTFE dispersion as a binder, and an active material comprising carbon was applied to the electrode.
  • the electrode was sintered before the experiments.
  • the electrolyte for each experiment was similar to that used in Table 1. The results are shown in FIG. 10.
  • the carbon cloth 902 reached a maximum current of 24A at a cell voltage of 1.6.
  • the carbon felt was able to reach 30A at a cell voltage of less than or equal to 1.4V. This shows using a substrate comprising carbon felt provides a more efficient generation of peroxide compared to the carbon cloth substrate.
  • EXAMPLE 5 The following example describes electrodes that were heated under various conditions during fabrication, where each of the electrodes are for forming hydrogen peroxide.
  • the first set of four electrodes was sintered in nitrogen at varying temperatures.
  • the voltage needed to maintain the applied current is shown in FIG. 11 A and was inversely related to the sintering temperature, e.g., the electrode 916 with the highest sinter temperature at 400 degrees C yielded the lowest operating voltage.
  • the electrode 910 with the lowest sintering temperature of 300 degrees C was unable to maintain the applied current.
  • the electrode 916 sintered at 400 degrees C also exhibited the longest usable life.
  • the second set of two electrodes were sintered at similar temperatures in different atmospheres.
  • the voltage required to maintain the applied current is shown in FIG. 1 IB and was lower for the electrode 918 sintered in the oxidative atmosphere.
  • the voltage increased rapidly and the electrode faradaic efficiency began decreasing at 500 hours.
  • the electrode 920 sintered in the inert atmosphere was able to last 2,000 hours before the faradaic efficiency exhibited signs of decline.
  • Sintering in the oxidative atmosphere increased the hydrophilicity of the active material comprising carbon. Initially, this provides a higher reactive surface area. However, it quickly begins to flood, disrupting the delivery of oxygen to catalytic sites, ultimately resulting in failure.
  • each of the electrodes are for forming hydrogen peroxide.
  • Electrode 922 was prepared using only binder
  • electrode 924 was prepared using only PTFE powder
  • electrode 926 was prepared using PTFE powder and binder.
  • electrode 926 showed the lowest voltage required to maintain the applied current densities for the majority of the experiment at 400 mA/cm 2 , indicating a more efficient electrocatalytic reaction compared to the other electrodes.
  • the rate of voltage increase in electrode 926 was also slowest.
  • each of the electrodes are for forming hydrogen peroxide.
  • Three electrodes were prepared for peroxide generation, each prepared using different amounts of PTFE powder in the slurry comprising the active material and PTFE particles. The pretreatment was identical between the three electrodes. The electrodes were otherwise prepared as in Example 4 and then used for peroxide generation. The voltage needed to maintain a current density of 300 mA/cm 2 and then 400 mA/cm 2 on each electrode is shown in FIG. 13.
  • the electrode having 0.6 mg/cm 2 of PTFE 934 performed more efficiently than the electrode with less PTFE powder 932 (0.3 mg/cm 2 ) and the electrode having more PTFE powder 930 (1.9 mg/cm 2 ). This shows the amount of PTFE present in the electrode affects the catalysis, and that too much or too little of the PTFE (e.g., or other hydrophobic polymers) may detract from the efficiency of the catalysis.
  • each of the electrodes are for forming hydrogen peroxide.
  • Two electrodes were prepared for hydrogen peroxide generation, each preparing using different amounts of active material coated on a pretreated electrode.
  • the electrodes were otherwise prepared as in Example 4 and then used for peroxide generation.
  • the voltage needed to maintain a current density of 300 mA/cm 2 on each electrode is shown in FIG. 14.
  • the electrode 942 having 3.4 mg/cm 2 total active material comprising carbon, PTFE binder, and PTFE powder performed more efficiently than the electrode 940 with 0.85 mg/cm 2 total active material. This shows the amount of active material present in the electrode affects the catalysis, and that insufficient loading may detract from the efficiency of the catalysis.
  • each of the electrodes are for forming hydrogen peroxide.
  • Electrodes were prepared for hydrogen peroxide generation, each preparing using different amounts of hydrophobic particles coated on a pretreated electrode.
  • the electrodes were otherwise prepared as in Example 4 and then used for peroxide generation.
  • One electrode 904 was formed with medium loading of hydrophobic particles on the substrate at 3 mg/cm 2 on both the top and bottom plane of the substrate.
  • Another electrode 950 was formed with low loading of hydrophobic particles on both the top and bottom plane of the substrate at 2 mg/cm 2 .
  • a third electrode 952 was formed with 4.5 mg/cm 2 on only one plane of the substrate opposite the plane where the active material was formed. The voltage needed to maintain a current density of 300 mA/cm 2 on each electrode is shown in FIGS. 15A-15B.
  • the electrode 904 having 3.0 mg/cm 2 hydrophobic particles on both sides performed more efficiently than the electrode with 2.0 mg/cm 2 hydrophobic particles on both sides.
  • the electrode 952 having pretreat on only one of the two planes of the substrate performed worse than electrodes 904 and 952, with voltage increasing before 750 hours of operation This shows that the amount of hydrophobic particles present in the electrode pretreatment affects the catalysis, and that insufficient loading may detract from the efficiency of the catalysis. Furthermore, it shows that the presence of particles may be required on both sides of the substrate. In other words, it is not sufficient to have hydrophobic particles only within the active material that forms the catalyst layer.
  • the following example describes exemplary electrodes 904 and 960 exhibiting long lifetimes, where each of the electrodes are for forming hydrogen peroxide.
  • the electrode 960 was prepared with approximately double the loading of active material as electrode 904 and 50% more hydrophobic particles in the pretreatment.
  • the voltage required to maintain an operating current of 300 mA/cm 2 is shown in FIG. 16. The voltage remained below 1.5V for over 10,000 hours for electrodes 904 and 960, and the faradaic efficiency for hydrogen peroxide production remained above 95%.
  • the following example describes an exemplary electrode.
  • the electrode was prepared as in Example 10 and operated over a range of current densities for generating hydrogen peroxide.
  • FIG.17 shows the results of the experiment. The voltage required for each applied current density is among the lowest reported for electrogeneration of hydrogen peroxide.
  • Example describes a method of treating an electrochemical system.
  • Electrodes in electrochemical systems may be fabricated to have a particular hydrophobicity (or hydrophilicity) that is desirable for certain applications.
  • surface functionalities e.g., oxygen
  • the introduction of such surface functionalities may change the hydrophobicity (hydrophilicity) of the electrode from what was originally fabricated, which may cause adverse effects on electrochemical performance. For instance, an increase in hydrophilicity of the electrode, in some embodiments, may lead to a higher overpotential and/or undesirable side reactions which manifest as a decrease in current efficiency for a desired product.
  • feeds into the electrochemical systems may occasionally or continuously contain contaminants, which may further alter the hydrophobicity of the electrode (e.g., by altering the hydrophobicity or otherwise) and/or cause undesirable side reactions (e.g., by catalytically decomposing an electrogenerated compound of interest).
  • contaminants may be impractical to track.
  • an electrochemical cell comprising a cathode comprising a nonwoven carbon substrate (in accordance with embodiments of this disclosure) was operated to electrogenerate hydrogen peroxide for approximately 18,000 hours of operation.
  • FIG. 18 shows a plot of the cell voltage and the current efficiency of the cell as a function of time. During the first 12,500 hours of operation, the cell was operated at a current density of 3 kA/m 2 and the voltage varied between 1.2 and 1.5V. The current efficiency for peroxide generation was approximately 95-100%.
  • a treatment solution comprising an aqueous solution containing ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA) was prepared using deionized water and recirculated through the cathodic electrode while oxygen also flowed through the cathode, in the form of a two-phase solution. Deionized water was then flushed through the cathode electrode for 5 minutes while oxygen continued to flow. The cell was restarted and the current efficiency temporarily recovered to approximately 50%. The procedure was repeated several times, with the cell eventually reaching a current efficiency of 95%.
  • EDTA ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid
  • the current efficiency then decreased to below 80% over the next 2000 hours of operation.
  • the loss in current efficiency is believed to have been caused by unknown contaminants promoting side reactions and/or decomposition of hydrogen peroxide, and it is believed that the EDTA chelated the unknown contaminant and removed the contaminant from the system, causing the temporary recovery to 95% current efficiency.
  • the subsequent loss in current efficiency to 80% is believed to be caused by electrode flooding.
  • the current density was decreased to 1.5 kA/m 2 , and the current efficiency increased to approximately 85%. This increase in current efficiency was expected at lower operating current density as the overpotential is lower and therefore drives fewer side reactions. However, the efficiency did not improve further, and the cell was again shut down.
  • An aqueous 0.3% sodium bisulfite solution was prepared from deionized water and recirculated through the cathodic electrode while oxygen also flowed through the cathode. This wash was carried out for 60 minutes. Then, deionized water was flushed through the cathode electrode for 5 minutes while oxygen continued to flow. The cell was then re-started at a current density of 1.5 kA/m 2 . Current efficiency increased to approximately 95%.
  • the current density was increased to 3 kA/m 2 .
  • the current efficiency remained stable at approximately 95% thereafter.
  • the additional recovery in current efficiency to 95% is attributed to removal of surface oxidation by the reducing agent (the sodium bisulfite).
  • the surface oxidation is believed to cause flooding of the electrode surface that decreases the current efficiency for the oxygen reduction reaction to hydrogen peroxide.
  • the reducing agent also contributed to removal of contaminant.
  • a reference to “A and/or B,” when used in conjunction with open-ended language such as “comprising” can refer, in one embodiment, to A without B (optionally including elements other than B); in another embodiment, to B without A (optionally including elements other than A); in yet another embodiment, to both A and B (optionally including other elements); etc.
  • the phrase “at least one,” in reference to a list of one or more elements, should be understood to mean at least one element selected from any one or more of the elements in the list of elements, but not necessarily including at least one of each and every element specifically listed within the list of elements and not excluding any combinations of elements in the list of elements.
  • This definition also allows that elements may optionally be present other than the elements specifically identified within the list of elements to which the phrase “at least one” refers, whether related or unrelated to those elements specifically identified.
  • “at least one of A and B” can refer, in one embodiment, to at least one, optionally including more than one, A, with no B present (and optionally including elements other than B); in another embodiment, to at least one, optionally including more than one, B, with no A present (and optionally including elements other than A); in yet another embodiment, to at least one, optionally including more than one, A, and at least one, optionally including more than one, B (and optionally including other elements); etc.
  • wt% is an abbreviation of weight percentage.
  • embodiments may be embodied as a method, of which various examples have been described.
  • the acts performed as part of the methods may be ordered in any suitable way. Accordingly, embodiments may be constructed in which acts are performed in an order different than illustrated, which may include different (e.g., more or less) acts than those that are described, and/or that may involve performing some acts simultaneously, even though the acts are shown as being performed sequentially in the embodiments specifically described above.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Electrochemistry (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Metallurgy (AREA)
  • Inorganic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Sustainable Development (AREA)
  • Sustainable Energy (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Electrodes For Compound Or Non-Metal Manufacture (AREA)
  • Electrolytic Production Of Non-Metals, Compounds, Apparatuses Therefor (AREA)
  • Inert Electrodes (AREA)

Abstract

Some aspects of the present disclosure are generally directed to systems for electrochemically generating compounds, for example, for generating hydrogen peroxide or other applications. In some cases, the systems may include electrodes containing a substrate comprising non-woven fibers comprising carbon, PTFE particles on the substrate, and/or an active material, for example, carbon particles, on the substrate and/or the PTFE. In some embodiments, the systems may generate and/or flow a two-phase solution over and/or through at least a portion of an electrode. Some systems using the electrode structures and/or two-phase solution may promote the formation of three-phase boundaries, and thus may facilitate the electrocatalytic generation of certain compounds at the three-phase boundaries. Still other aspects are directed to methods of making and/or using the systems, or the like.

Description

ARTICLES, SYSTEMS, AND METHODS FOR ELECTROCHEMICALLY GENERATING CHEMICAL PRODUCTS
RELATED APPLICATIONS
This application is a continuation-in-part of U.S. Patent Application No. 18/365,901, filed August 4, 2023, and entitled “ARTICLES, SYSTEMS, AND METHODS FOR ELECTROCHEMICALLY GENERATING CHEMICAL PRODUCTS,” U.S. Patent Application No. 18/365,934, filed August 4, 2023, and entitled “METHODS OF OPERATION FOR SYSTEMS FOR ELECTROCHEMICALLY GENERATING CHEMICAL PRODUCTS,” U.S. Patent Application No. 18/365,956, filed August 4, 2023, and entitled “MODIFIED ELECTRODES AND METHODS OF MAKING,” and of U.S. Patent Application No. 18/365,962, filed August 4, 2023, and entitled “TWO-PHASE SOLUTIONS FOR ELECTROCHEMICALLY GENERATING CHEMICAL PRODUCTS,” each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety for all purposes.
TECHNICAL FIELD
Systems and methods for electrochemically generating compounds, for example, hydrogen peroxide, are generally described.
BACKGROUND
Electrochemical systems are used for a variety of applications, ranging from electrocatalytic chemical generation to energy storage. Many of these electrochemical systems, however, are run at relatively low efficiencies due to side reactions, slow kinetics of the reaction of interest at the relevant electrode structures, and/or slow mass transport inhibiting the rate of the reaction of interest. Moreover, the design of systems and related methods for generating chemicals of interest may not be configured for continuous and efficient operation, for example, due to the generation of precipitates in the system which may poison or otherwise block active sites on the electrode surface and/or cause the electrode pore structure to rupture. Accordingly, improved electrode structures, systems, and methods are needed. SUMMARY
Systems and methods for electrochemically generating compounds, for example, hydrogen peroxide, are generally described. The subject matter of the present disclosure involves, in some cases, interrelated products, alternative solutions to a particular problem, and/or a plurality of different uses of one or more systems and/or articles.
Some aspects are related to electrodes. In some cases, an electrode, comprises a non-woven substrate including fibers comprising carbon; a first hydrophobic polymer formed on at least a portion of the non-woven substrate; and a catalyst layer comprising a second hydrophobic polymer and an active material comprising carbon, the active material having a surface area of greater than or equal to 5 m2/g and less than or equal to 5,000 m2/g and formed on at least a portion of the non-woven substrate and/or the first hydrophobic polymer. In some embodiments, an electrode comprises a non-woven substrate including fibers comprising carbon; and a plurality of hydrophobic regions distributed on at least a portion of the non-woven substrate, wherein at least a portion of the plurality is at least partially surrounded by a hydrophilic region. In some embodiments, the first hydrophobic polymer comprises polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) particles. In some embodiments, the second hydrophobic polymer comprises polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) particles. In some embodiments, the first and/or the second hydrophobic polymer comprises a PTFE powder and/or PTFE micropowder.
In some embodiments, the non-woven substrate has a porosity of at least 0.85. In some embodiments, a thickness of the non-woven substrate is greater than or equal to 0.75 mm. In some embodiments, a thickness of the non-woven substrate is greater than or equal to 2 mm. In some embodiments, the thickness is an uncompressed thickness. In some embodiments, the non-woven substrate has an uncompressed thickness, the substrate has a compressed thickness when incorporated into an electrochemical system, and a ratio of the uncompressed thickness to the compressed thickness is greater than or equal to 1.05 and less than or equal to 2.0. In some embodiments, the non-woven substrate comprises elemental carbon. In some embodiments, the non-woven substrate comprises carbon felt. In some embodiments, the non-woven substrate is carbon felt. In some embodiments, the average largest cross-sectional dimension of the PTFE particles is no more than 25 microns. In some embodiments, the PTFE particles form the plurality of hydrophobic regions. In some embodiments, the plurality of hydrophobic regions comprises a hydrophobic polymer. In some embodiments, the hydrophobic polymer is PTFE. In some embodiments, the hydrophilic region comprises carbon. In some embodiments, the PTFE particles infiltrate at least 5% of a thickness of the non-woven substrate. In some embodiments, the PTFE particles infiltrate through a thickness of the non-woven substrate. In some embodiments, the first and/or second hydrophobic polymer comprises PTFE from a dispersion and/or emulsion. In some embodiments, the first and/or second hydrophobic polymer comprises a mixture of PTFE powder and/or micropowder and/or PTFE from a dispersion and/or emulsion.
Some aspects are related to systems. In some cases, the system comprises an electrode comprising a non-woven substrate including fibers comprising carbon; and a plurality of hydrophobic regions distributed on at least a portion of the non-woven substrate, wherein at least a portion of the plurality is at least partially surrounded by a hydrophilic region. In some embodiments, the system comprises an electrode comprising a non-woven substrate including fibers comprising carbon; a first hydrophobic polymer formed on at least a portion of the non-woven substrate; and a catalyst layer comprising a second hydrophobic polymer and an active material comprising carbon, the active material having a surface area of greater than or equal to 5 m2/g and less than or equal to 5,000 m2/g and formed on at least a portion of the nonwoven substrate and/or the first hydrophobic polymer. In some embodiments, the electrode is configured to electrogenerate a compound. In some embodiments, the electrode is configured to electrogenerated hydrogen peroxide. In some embodiments, the system is configured to operate at a faradaic efficiency for generating hydrogen peroxide of greater than or equal to 95%.
Some aspects are related to electrodes. In some cases, the electrode comprises a non-woven substrate including fibers comprising carbon; a first hydrophobic polymer formed on at least a portion of the non-woven substrate; and a catalyst layer comprising a second hydrophobic polymer and an active material comprising carbon, wherein the electrode is configured to electrochemically generate hydrogen peroxide at a current density of greater than or equal to 300 mA/cm2 at a voltage of less than or equal to 1.5 V for greater than or equal to 1,000 hours when configured in a system comprising greater than or equal to 0.001 M and less than or equal to 4.8 M OH", greater than or equal to 0.001 M and less than or equal to 2 M H2O2, and having an average temperature of at least 35 degrees C. In some embodiments, a counterion to the OH" is an alkali metal. In some embodiments, the counterion to the OH" is Na+ and/or K+. In some embodiments, a molecular ratio of OH+ to H2O2 in the system is approximately 2 to 1.
Some aspects are related to methods. In some embodiments, the method comprises mixing a liquid and a gas to form a two-phase solution; flowing the two-phase solution over and/or through at least a portion of an electrode comprising a substrate including non-woven fibers comprising carbon; and applying a voltage to the electrode such that at least a portion of the gas participates in a reaction to electrochemically generate a compound at the electrode. In some embodiments, prior to mixing the liquid and the gas to form the two-phase solution, the gas is passed through a liquid ring compressor. In some embodiments, a hydrophobic polymer and/or a catalyst layer is on the substrate. In some embodiments, the electrode is contained in an electrochemical system having a volume of greater than or equal to 100 cm3, and a flow rate of a liquid of the two-phase solution is greater than or equal to 30 mL/min and/or a mass flow rate of a gas of the two-phase solution is greater than or equal to 0.2 slpm. In some embodiments, the electrode has an electrochemically active geometric area greater than or equal to 1 cm2, and a flow rate of a liquid of the two-phase solution is greater than or equal to 30 mL/min and/or a mass flow rate of a gas of the two-phase solution is greater than or equal to 0.2 slpm. In some embodiments, the flow rate of the liquid and/or the mass flow rate of the gas is on a per single cell basis.
In some embodiments, the flow rate of a liquid of the two-phase solution is greater than or equal to 200 mL/min and a mass flow rate of a gas of the two-phase solution is greater than or equal to 5 slpm. In some embodiments, the flow rate of the liquid and/or the mass flow rate of the gas is on a per single cell basis. In some embodiments, the compound is hydrogen peroxide. In some embodiments, the gas comprises oxygen. In some embodiments, the liquid comprises an alkali hydroxide. In some embodiments, the liquid is flowed at a rate of at least 5 mL/min. In some embodiments, the gas is flowed at a mass flow rate of at least 0.5 slpm. In some embodiments, the flow rate of the liquid and/or the mass flow rate of the gas is on a per single cell basis. In some embodiments, the electrode is a cathode in a system. In some embodiments, the hydrophobic polymer is a first hydrophobic polymer and the catalyst layer comprises a second hydrophobic polymer and/or an active material comprising carbon, and the catalyst layer is formed on at least a portion of the non-woven substrate and/or the first hydrophobic polymer. In some embodiments, the active material has a surface area of greater than or equal to 5 m2/g and less than or equal to 5,000 m2/g. In some embodiments, the first and/or second hydrophobic polymer comprises PTFE particles. In some embodiments, the catalyst layer comprises less than or equal to 0.01 wt% metal.
In another aspect, methods are described. In some cases, the method comprises flowing a solution over at least a portion of a surface area of an electrode in a compartment; electrochemically generating a compound in the solution at the electrode; flowing the solution from the electrode through an outlet of the compartment; and recirculating at least a portion of the solution from the outlet of the compartment to an inlet of the compartment such that the compound is present in the solution in an amount of greater than or equal to 0.2 wt%. In some embodiments, the method further comprises flowing the recirculated solution over and/or through at least the portion of the surface area of the electrode. In some embodiments, the method further comprises withdrawing at least a portion of the solution comprising the electrogenerated compound. In some embodiments, the compound is hydrogen peroxide. In some embodiments, the electrode is part of a system comprising at least one gas manifold and at least one liquid manifold, wherein the at least one gas manifold and at least one liquid manifold feeds only one intersection of a gas and liquid inlet within a cathode or anode flow plate and/or flow frame within a cell. In some embodiments, the electrode comprises a substrate including non-woven fibers comprising carbon. In some embodiments, a hydrophobic polymer and/or a catalyst layer is on the substrate. In some embodiments, the electrode is a cathode in a system. In some embodiments, the hydrophobic polymer is a first hydrophobic polymer and the catalyst layer comprises a second hydrophobic polymer and/or an active material comprising carbon, and the catalyst layer is formed on at least a portion of the non-woven substrate and/or the first hydrophobic polymer. In some embodiments, the active material has a surface area of greater than or equal to 5 m2/g and less than or equal to 5,000 m2/g. In some embodiments, the first and/or second hydrophobic polymer comprises PTFE particles. In some embodiments, the catalyst layer comprises less than or equal to 0.01 wt% metal. Still other aspects are related to methods. In some cases, a method of modifying an electrode comprises providing the electrode comprising a non-woven substrate including fibers comprising carbon; pretreating the electrode by applying a first solution comprising a liquid having a vapor pressure of greater than or equal to 1 kPa and a first hydrophobic polymer to the electrode; and applying a second solution comprising a second hydrophobic polymer and/or PTFE binder and an active material comprising carbon to the electrode. In some embodiments, the liquid in the first solution comprises an organic solvent. In some embodiments, the liquid in the first solution comprises a polar organic solvent. In some embodiments, the liquid in the first solution comprises an alcohol. In some embodiments, the liquid in the first solution comprises isopropyl alcohol. In some embodiments, the second solution comprises water. In some embodiments, the second solution comprises a surfactant. In some embodiments, the non-woven substrate comprises a carbon felt. In some embodiments, the method further comprises heating the electrode. In some embodiments, heating the electrode occurs in an atmosphere having a temperature of greater than or equal to 380 degrees C. In some embodiments, heating the electrode occurs in a non-oxidative atmosphere. In some embodiments, the non-oxidative atmosphere contains less than or equal to 1 wt% oxygen. In some embodiments, heating the electrode occurs in an atmosphere comprising N2 and/or Ar. In some embodiments, the method further comprises repeating the step of pretreating the electrode.
In some embodiments, the liquid in the first solution has a vapor pressure of less than or equal to 30 kPa. In some embodiments, the first hydrophobic polymer comprises polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) particles. In some embodiments, the second hydrophobic polymer comprises polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) particles. In some embodiments, the polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) particles of the first and/or second hydrophobic polymer are from a PTFE powder and/or micropowder.
Some aspects are related to methods. In some cases, the method of electrochemically generating a compound comprises purging an electrode stack by flowing gas through the electrode stack; flowing water through the electrode stack; flowing an electrolyte through the electrode stack for greater than or equal to 1 minute while an absolute magnitude of an applied current is less than or equal to 0.1 mA/cm2; increasing the absolute magnitude of the applied current density by an amount greater than or equal to 15 mA/cm2 and less than or equal to 125 mA/cm2 every 5 minutes until the applied current density reaches at least 150 mA/cm2; electrochemically generating a compound in the electrode stack and heating the electrode stack to at least 35 degrees C while the applied current remains at least at 150 mA/cm2; and increasing the absolute magnitude of the applied current to at least 300 mA/cm2. In some embodiments, the water flowing through the electrode stack is deionized water. In some embodiments, the absolute magnitude of the applied current density is increased by 30 mA/cm2 every 5 minutes until the applied current density reaches at least 150 mA/cm2. In some embodiments, the compound is hydrogen peroxide. In some embodiments, heating the electrode stack comprises joule heating. In some embodiments, heating the electrode stack comprises heating the electrolyte solution. In some embodiments, heating the electrolyte solution comprises joule heating. In some embodiments, heating the electrolyte solution comprises using a resistive heating coil. In some embodiments, heating the electrolyte solution comprises using a resistive heating coil. In some embodiments, heating the electrode stack comprises using a heat exchanger. In some embodiments, an average temperature of the electrolyte solution is at least 35 degrees C when flowing into and/or through the electrode stack. In some embodiments, the absolute magnitude of the applied current density is increased by less than or equal to 10 mA/cm2/min.
In some embodiments, electrochemically generating a compound occurs at an electrode in the electrode stack. In some embodiments, the electrode comprises a substrate including non-woven fibers comprising carbon. In some embodiments, the electrode further comprises a first hydrophobic polymer formed on at least a portion of the substrate. In some embodiments, the electrode further comprises a catalyst layer comprising a second hydrophobic polymer and/or an active material on at least a portion of the substrate. In some embodiments, the first hydrophobic polymer and/or the second hydrophobic polymer comprises polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) particles. In some embodiments, the first hydrophobic polymer comprises polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) particles. In some embodiments, the second hydrophobic polymer comprises polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) particles. In some embodiments, the active material comprises carbon. In some embodiments, the active material comprises less than or equal to 0.01 wt% metal. In some embodiments, the substrate comprises a carbon felt. Some aspects are related to methods. In some cases, the method of shutting down an electrode stack comprises electrochemically generating a compound in the electrode stack; decreasing an absolute magnitude of an applied current to the electrode stack to less than or equal to 0.1 mA/cm2; flowing liquid through the electrode stack for greater than or equal to 1 minute while the absolute magnitude of the applied current less than or equal to 0.1 mA/cm2; flowing gas through the electrode stack to purge the electrode stack of liquid. In some embodiments, a flow rate of the liquid is greater than or equal to 0.2 mL/min and less than or equal to 5,000 mL/min on a per single cell basis. In some embodiments, a mass flow rate of the gas is greater than or equal to 0.2 slpm and less than or equal to 50 slpm on a per single cell basis. In some embodiments, the method further comprises flowing water through the electrode stack. In some embodiments, the gas and the water are flowed through the electrode stack at the same time in the form of a two-phase solution. In some embodiments, the water flowing through the electrode stack is deionized (DI) water. In some embodiments, the gas is free of any CO2 or contains less than or equal to 5 wt% of CO2.
Some aspects are related to methods. In some cases, the method of cleaning an electrode stack comprises electrochemically generating a compound in the electrode stack; decreasing an absolute magnitude of an applied current to the electrode stack to less than or equal to 0.1 mA/cm2; removing a precipitate from the electrode stack by flowing a solution comprising a reducing agent and/or a chelating agent for less than or equal to 5 minutes; and flowing water through the electrode stack for greater than or equal to 30 minutes. In some embodiments, the water flowing through the electrode stack is deionized (DI) water. In some embodiments, the electrode stack is cleaned at least once a year. In some embodiments, the method further comprises flowing a gas through the electrode stack to dry the electrode stack. In some embodiments, the gas is free of CO2 or contains less than or equal to 5 wt% of CO2. In some embodiments, the gas and the water (e.g., DI water) are flowed through the electrode stack at the same time in the form of a two-phase solution. In some embodiments, prior to flowing through the electrode stack, the gas is passed through a liquid ring compressor. In some embodiments, a lifetime of the electrode stack that is cleaned at least once a year is greater than or equal to 10,000 hours of continuous operation. In some embodiments, electrochemically generating a compound occurs at an electrode in the electrode stack. In some embodiments, the electrode comprises a substrate including non-woven fibers comprising carbon. In some embodiments, the electrode further comprises a first hydrophobic polymer formed on at least a portion of the substrate. In some embodiments, the electrode further comprises a catalyst layer comprising a second hydrophobic polymer and/or an active material on at least a portion of the substrate. In some embodiments, the first hydrophobic polymer comprises polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) particles. In some embodiments, the second hydrophobic polymer comprises polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) particles. In some embodiments, the active material comprises carbon. In some embodiments, the active material comprises less than or equal to 0.01 wt% metal. In some embodiments, the substrate comprises a carbon felt. In some embodiments, the reducing agent comprises sodium hydrosulfite, sodium metabisulfite, and/or sodium sulfite. In some embodiments, the chelating agent comprises citric acid.
Some aspects are related to methods. In some embodiments, a method of treating an electrochemical system comprises exposing at least a portion of an electrode of an electrochemical system that has undergone at least 100 hours of operation at a current density of greater than or equal to 20 mA/cm2 to a treatment solution comprising a reducing agent and/or a chelating agent. In some embodiments, the electrochemical system has undergone at least 1,000 hours of operation at a current density of greater than or equal to 20 mA/cm2 when the exposing is performed. In some embodiments, the method further comprises restoring a current efficiency of the electrochemical cell to 70% of an efficiency before the at least 100 hours of operation. In some embodiments, the exposing the at least a portion of the electrode to the treatment solution comprises flowing the solution over and/or through the at least a portion of the electrode. In some embodiments, the method further comprises removing at least a portion of a precipitate from the electrochemical system and/or a source of hydrophilicity from the at least a portion of the electrode and/or a contaminant from the electrochemical system. In some embodiments, the method further comprises removing at least a portion of a source of surface oxidation from the at least a portion of the electrode. In some embodiments, the method further comprises flowing water and a gas through the electrochemical system at the same time in the form of a two-phase solution for greater than or equal to 1 minute. In some embodiments, the water flowing through the electrochemical system is deionized (DI) water. In some embodiments, the electrochemical system of the method is an electrolytic system, a fuel cell, and/or an air battery. In some embodiments, operation of the electrochemical system comprises electrochemically generating a species. In some embodiments, the species is hydrogen peroxide. In some embodiments, operation of the electrochemical system comprises electrochemically generating energy using the electrochemical system. In some embodiments, the electrode is a cathode. In some embodiments, the cathode comprises a nonwoven substrate including fibers comprising carbon. In some embodiments, the treatment solution comprises the reducing agent. In some embodiments, the reducing agent comprises a bisulfite anion. In some embodiments, the reducing agent comprises a bisulfite anion, ascorbic acid, oxalic acid, and/or thiosulfate anion. In some embodiments, the reducing agent comprises sodium bisulfite. In some embodiments, the treatment solution comprises the chelating agent. In some embodiments, the chelating agent comprises nitrilotriacetic acid (NTA), tripolyphosphate (TPP), citric acid, and/or ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA). In some embodiments, the chelating agent comprises ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA).
Other advantages and novel features of the present disclosure will become apparent from the following detailed description of various non-limiting embodiments of the disclosure when considered in conjunction with the accompanying figures. In cases where the present specification and a document incorporated by reference include conflicting and/or inconsistent disclosure, the present specification shall control.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
Non-limiting embodiments of the present disclosure will be described by way of example with reference to the accompanying figures, which are schematic and are not intended to be drawn to scale unless otherwise indicated. In the figures, each identical or nearly identical component illustrated is typically represented by a single numeral. For purposes of clarity, not every component is labeled in every figure, nor is every component of each embodiment of the disclosure shown where illustration is not necessary to allow those of ordinary skill in the art to understand the disclosure. In the figures: FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an electrochemical system, according to some embodiments;
FIG. 2A is a schematic diagram of a component of an electrochemical system, according to some embodiments;
FIG. 2B is a schematic diagram of a component of an electrochemical system, according to some embodiments;
FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a component of an electrochemical system, according to some embodiments;
FIG. 4A is a schematic diagram of a component of an electrochemical system, according to some embodiments;
FIG. 4B is a schematic diagram of a component of an electrochemical system, according to some embodiments;
FIG. 4C is a schematic diagram of a component of an electrochemical system, according to some embodiments;
FIG. 4D is a schematic diagram of a component of an electrochemical system, according to some embodiments;
FIG. 4E is a schematic diagram of a component of an electrochemical system, according to some embodiments;
FIG. 5 A is a schematic diagram of an electrode, according to some embodiments;
FIGS. 5B-F are schematic diagrams related to making electrodes, according to some embodiments;
FIG. 6 is an image of an electrode, according to some embodiments;
FIG. 7A is an image of an electrode, according to some embodiments;
FIGS. 7B-7C are elemental maps of the electrode shown in FIG. 7A, according to some embodiments;
FIG. 8 is a method diagram for flow recirculation, according to some embodiments;
FIGS. 9A-9B are images of pretreated electrodes, according to some embodiments;
FIG. 10 is a plot of voltage vs time for various electrodes, according to some embodiments; FIGS. 11A-1 IB are plots of voltage vs time for various electrodes, according to some embodiments;
FIG. 12 is a plot of voltage vs time for various electrodes, according to some embodiments;
FIG. 13 is a plot of voltage vs time for various electrodes, according to some embodiments;
FIG. 14 is a plot of voltage vs time for various electrodes, according to some embodiments;
FIGS. 15A-15B are plots of voltage vs time for various electrodes, according to some embodiments;
FIG. 16 is a plot of voltage vs time for various electrodes, according to some embodiments;
FIG. 17 is an I-V curve of an electrode, according to some embodiments; and FIG. 18 is a plot of voltage and current efficiency for an electrochemical system, according to some embodiments.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
Some aspects of the present disclosure are generally directed to systems for electrochemically generating compounds (e.g., hydrogen peroxide) or other applications. In some cases, the systems may include electrodes containing a substrate comprising non-woven fibers comprising carbon, hydrophobic particles (e.g., PTFE particles) on at least a portion of the substrate, and/or a catalyst layer comprising an active material (e.g., carbon particles) and/or hydrophobic particles on at least a portion of the substrate. In some embodiments, the systems may generate and/or flow a two-phase solution over and/or through at least a portion of an electrode. Some systems using the electrode structures and/or two-phase solution may promote the formation of three-phase boundaries, and thus may facilitate the electrocatalytic generation of certain compounds at the three-phase boundaries. Still other aspects are directed to methods of making and/or using the systems, or the like.
Certain electrocatalytic reactions involve gaseous and liquid reactants, some of which are believed to occur at three-phase boundaries that form between the gaseous reactant, the liquid reactant, and the solid electrode. Accordingly, the formation (e.g., or lack thereof) of such three-phase boundaries may limit the rate at which the electrocatalytic reaction may proceed in conventional systems. Moreover, in some cases, the reaction rate of such reactions in conventional systems may be limited by the mass transport of the reactants to the electrode surface, for example, the gaseous reactant, and thus some reactants may be present in low concentrations at the electrode surface. The reaction rate of such reactions in conventional systems may be limited by the mass transport of reactants away from the electrode surface. Accordingly, some aspects of the present disclosure are related to improved electrodes, systems, and methods for performing electrocatalytic reactions.
Some aspects of the present disclosure are related to systems including electrodes. The electrode, according to some embodiments, may include a substrate having non-woven fibers comprising carbon, hydrophobic particles (e.g., PTFE particles) on at least a portion of the surface of the substrate and/or substrate fibers and/or infiltrating through at least a portion of the thickness of the substrate (e.g., a pretreatment), and a catalyst layer including an active material comprising carbon and/or hydrophobic particles on at least a portion of the substrate. In some cases, the preparation of the electrode may lead to hydrophobic and hydrophilic islands on the substrate of the electrode. For instance, applying hydrophobic particles (e.g., PTFE particles) on at least a portion of the non-woven substrate (e.g., from a pretreatment step) may provide a hydrophobic electrode structure. Thereafter, applying a catalyst layer comprising an active material and/or hydrophobic particles may produce an electrode structure having relatively hydrophilic regions (e.g., the active material) and the relatively hydrophobic regions (e.g., the hydrophobic particles from the pretreatment and/or in the catalyst layer). In some such cases, the presence of hydrophilic and hydrophobic regions may facilitate the formation of three-phase boundaries by having various hydrophilic/hydrophobic interfaces where liquid and gaseous reactants may favorably interact with each other and/or the electrode. Additionally, the relatively open macropore structure of the non-woven fibers may lead to relatively large and accessible surface areas that are available for electrocatalytic reactions. The open macropore structure also promotes effective mass transport with relatively minimal parasitic pressure drop.
In some cases, the system may generate and/or flow a two-phase solution over at least a portion of an electrode. A two-phase solution, as described in more detail elsewhere herein, may increase the concentration and/or amount of gaseous reactants transported to and/or present at the electrode surface, which may promote the formation of three-phase boundaries on an electrode surface. For example, in accordance with some embodiments, the electrodes of the system may be as described above, having a substrate including non-woven fibers comprising carbon, hydrophobic particles on at least a portion of the substrate and/or substrate fibers (e.g., PTFE particles from a pretreatment step), and a catalyst layer containing an active material and/or hydrophobic particles on at least a portion of the substrate. In some such cases, as described elsewhere herein, the substrate may have been pretreated with hydrophobic particles prior to adding the catalyst layer. According to some such embodiments, two-phase solution may be flowed over and/or through at least a portion of the electrode, which may promote three-phase boundaries on the electrode surface. The inventors have recognized in the context of the present disclosure that using such electrodes and/or flowing two-phase solutions may facilitate the electrocatalytic performance for the system (e.g., increase the efficiency of generating hydrogen peroxide or other reactions), for instance, by promoting the formation of three-phase boundaries.
Some aspects of the present disclosure are related to methods. For example, some methods are related to forming and using electrodes. In some cases, the methods are related to forming two-phase solutions for use in electrocatalytic systems. Still other aspects are related to methods involving flowing two-phase solution over electrode structures, which may help to facilitate electrocatalytic reactions, for example, such as electrocatalytically generating hydrogen peroxide or other compounds.
FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an exemplary peroxide generator system 1, according to some embodiments. The system 1 contains a stack SI of electrochemical cells S2 (e.g., one or more pairs of anodes and/or cathodes). The electrode stack SI includes an anolyte inlet A7, an anode multi-phase fluid outlet A8, a catholyte inlet C3, a cathode gas inlet 02 and cathode multi-phase fluid outlet C4. Although system 1 is described here as a peroxide generator system, it should be understood that the system components, electrode structure, and system configuration can in some instances be used for the electrochemical generation of other chemicals.
An anolyte pump A5 is configured to pump anolyte solution from anolyte reservoir A4 to heat exchanger A6 via inlet HX3. Anolyte solution flows from heat exchanger A6 outlet HX4 to anolyte inlet A7. Cooling water is provided to heat exchanger A6 via inlet HX1 and warm water is discharged from heat exchanger A6 via HX2. The anolyte solution pumped into the one or more anodes of cells S2 may be discharged along with product gas (e.g. oxygen) from the anolyte outlet A8 to the anolyte reservoir A4. From the anolyte reservoir A4, excess solution can be drained through the outlet A9. Fresh reactant solution (e.g. comprising 50 wt% NaOH) may be transferred from a storage tank A2 to anolyte reservoir A4 by pump A3.
A catholyte pump C2 is configured to pump catholyte solution from catholyte reservoir C5 to the catholyte inlet C3. The catholyte and gas pumped into the one or more cathodes of cells S2 of stack SI may be discharged from the cathode multi-phase fluid outlet C4 to the catholyte reservoir C5 after the one or more cathodes electrogenerate a compound (e.g., H2O2). From the catholyte reservoir C5, solution containing the compound may be drained via catholyte compound pump C6. Fresh reactant solution (e.g., water) may be delivered to the catholyte reservoir C5 via reactant solution inlet Cl. In some embodiments, fresh reactant solution (e.g., water) may be delivered to catholyte inlet C3 via catholyte pump C2.
The catholyte reservoir C5 and anolyte reservoir A4 have vents 03 and 04, respectively. Excess reactant gas (e.g., oxygen) from the headspace of catholyte reservoir C5 and/or product gas (e.g., oxygen) from the headspace of anolyte reservoir A4 may flow to collector 08 via vents 03 and 04. In some embodiments, product gases and/or excess reactant gases and the anode and/or cathode may be divided with their own recirculation loops or external venting. In some embodiments, no gas may be generated at the cathode and/or anode of each electrochemical cell in the electrochemical system. The gas is pumped to reactant reservoir 07 via liquid ring compressor 05. Gas flows from reactant reservoir 07 through cathode gas inlet 02 to the one or more cathodes of cells S2. In the exemplary embodiment shown, the gas flowed into the cells S2 and the catholyte solution flowed into the cells S2 from catholyte reservoir C5 may form a two- phase solution. In some embodiments, the gas flowed into the cells S2 and the anolyte solution flowed into the cells S2 from anolyte reservoir A4 may form a two-phase solution. In accordance with some embodiments, the two-phase solution may be formed within each cell S2 of the stack S 1 before flowing through the one or more cathodes and/or the one or more anodes of the system 1. Additional reactant gas may be added through the inlet 01 to reactant reservoir 07. Reactant reservoir 07 contains gas and water. Water flows from reservoir 07 via inlet HX7 to heat exchanger 06 and returns back to reservoir 07 via outlet HX8. Cooling water is provided to heat exchanger 06 via inlet HX5 and warm water is discharged from heat exchanger 06 via HX6. Gas in reactant reservoir 07 may have a relatively high relative humidity (e.g., at least 50%, at least 75%, up to 100%, or the like as described elsewhere herein) after flowing through liquid ring compressor 05.
Generally, reactants are flowed into the system 1 and power is supplied to the system such that electrochemical reactions, e.g., generation of hydrogen peroxide at the cathode, occur within the electrolytic device SI. After the reactant solution flows through the electrode stack SI, the solutions containing electrogenerated compounds from the one or more anodes and/or one or more cathodes flow to the respective reservoirs A4 and C5. In some embodiments, the electrogenerated compound from the one or more cathodes may flow to the catholyte reservoir C5, where a portion of it may be withdrawn via pump C6 and/or recirculated into stack S 1. Withdrawn solution, in some cases, may be ready for commercial use, sale, and/or for use in other applications or systems.
FIG. 2A shows a system 80 comprising electrode stack 40 containing electrochemical cells 42 having anode assemblies 43 and cathode assemblies 44, where at least some of the anode assemblies and cathode assemblies are separated by a separator. The electrode stack of the system may comprise any of a variety of suitable numbers of electrochemical cells comprising anode and cathode assemblies. For instance, the electrode stack may comprise at least 1, at least 2, at least 5, at least 10, at least 20, at least 30, at least 40, at least 50, at least 60 and/or no more than 70, no more than 80, no more than 90, or no more than 100 electrochemical cells. The anode assembly comprises an anode electrode material and a flow plate or flow frame which may contain channels and/or passages for delivery of reactants to the anode electrode from internal and/or external manifolds. The cathode assembly comprises a cathode electrode material and a flow plate and/or flow frame which may contain channels and/or passages for delivery of reactant to the cathode electrode from internal and/or external manifolds. The stack 40 of cells 42 may be compressed with plates 45 and 46, while current collectors 9 and 10 may be present to apply voltages and/or currents to the stack 40. Anode inlet 47 and outlet 48, as well as cathode inlet 49 and outlet 50, may be configured to deliver electrolyte solution and/or reactant gases (e.g., the anode inlet and outlet are configured with the anodes and the cathode inlet and outlet are configured with the cathodes) to each electrochemical cell 42 in the stack 40. Each inlet may be configured to deliver two-phase solution, in some cases, to each of the electrochemical cells. In some embodiments, gas inlet ports and liquid inlet ports intersect within the flow plate or flow frames within a cathode or anode assembly upstream of at least one electrode within an electrochemical cell so as to generate the two-phase solution that is flowed through the at least one electrode. For example, two cathode inlets 49 are showed, one for delivering gas and one for delivering liquid, where the gas and liquid are to be mixed to form a two-phase solution within a cathode assembly 44 before being delivered to each cathode electrode within a cathode assembly 44 in the stack 40. In some cases, each cathode and/or anode flow plate and/or flow frame within an electrochemical cell in an electrode stack contains at least one such intersection wherein two-phase solution may be generated to flow over the cathode and/or anode electrode of the electrochemical cell. According to some embodiments, as the embodiment shown in FIG. 2A, only the cathode cells are fluidically connected with such intersections wherein two-phase solution may be generated. Example embodiments of such inlets are shown in FIGS. 3-4.
FIG. 2B is a schematic diagram showing a cross-sectional view of an electrochemical cell 500. The diagram shows electrical contacts 510 and 530 to connect to the cathode 514 and anode 534, respectively. Solution flows through the cathode substrate 512 of the electrochemical cell 500, as illustrated with the arrows, from inlet 520 to outlet 522. Solution flows over and/or through anode substrate 532 from anode inlet 540 to anode outlet 542. Additionally, the anode block and the cathode block have a separator 550 separating them, wherein the separator allows for ionic flow therebetween.
FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram illustrating the use of two-phase solution in the cathode block of an electrochemical cell. Here, a two-phase solution 600 is flowed through the inlet manifold 610, through cathode substrate 512, and out of the outlet manifold 620. Note that the concentration of the gaseous species decreases after passing through the cathode substrate 512 due to the participation of the gaseous species in the reaction of interest (e.g., hydrogen peroxide generation). Another embodiment of the cathode block is shown in FIG. 4A. In this case, gas 702 and liquid 704 are injected separately to form a two-phase solution 600 at an intersection upstream of the cathode 510. In some cases, the two-phase solution may be distributed over the cathode via an inlet manifold (e.g., an array of branched and/or parallel inlets) to substantially uniformly introduce two-phase solution to the cathode. In some cases, the two-phase solution may be created at multiple intersections fed from different manifolds and injected into portions of the electrode. Similar structures are similarly possible in the anode, in accordance with some embodiments.
According to some embodiments, each gas and/or liquid manifold within the stack feeds only one intersection of a gas and liquid inlet within a cathode or anode flow plate and/or flow frame within a cell, In some embodiments, each intersection of a gas and liquid inlet within a cathode or anode flow plate and/or flow frame within a cell is fed only by a single gas and/or liquid manifold within the stack. For example, consider FIGS. 4B-4C. FIG. 4B shows an exemplary cathode assembly 470 including cathode substrate 480 with liquid manifold 472 and gas manifold 474. The liquid and gas manifolds 472 and 474 intersect at a single point 476 to form two-phase flow. FIG. 4C shows a similar, alternative embodiment where there are multiple pairs of liquid and gas manifolds 472 and 474, but each only intersects at a single point 476. Such embodiments may provide advantages related to generating relatively uniform two-phase solution to flow over cathode substrate 480. FIGS. 4D-4E also show embodiments of exemplary cathode assemblies 470 including cathode substrate 480 with liquid manifolds 472 and gas manifolds 474. In these cases, the liquid and gas manifolds 472 and 474 feed multiple intersection points 476, and the two-phase solution generated in these cases may not be as uniform as in the assemblies shown in FIGS. 4B-4C.
FIG. 5A shows an exemplary electrode structure 200 that may be used in some of the systems described herein. The electrode 200 may comprise a substrate 220 with a coating of particles of hydrophobic polymer 210. A catalyst layer 230 may then be formed over the particles of hydrophobic polymer 210 and the substrate 220. In some embodiments, the electrode structures may promote the electrocatalytic generation of a desired compound, such as hydrogen peroxide, when used as an electrode (e.g., a cathode) in the systems. While FIG. 5A shows the substrate as a planar substrate, it should be understood that this is a simplified schematic diagram, for example, of a magnified view of a substrate. For instance, FIG. 5A, in some cases, may illustrate a single surface of a single fiber of a non-woven substrate comprising fibers.
While much of the present disclosure describes embodiments directed to systems and methods related to the electrocatalytic generation of H2O2, it should be understood that other electrocatalytic reactions are contemplated. Any of a variety of other compounds may be electrogenerated. In some cases, it may be advantageous to use the systems and/or methods as disclosed herein for electrocatalytic reactions, for example, due to the forming of three-phase boundaries or the introduction of two-phase solutions. Exemplary electrocatalytic processes of interest include, but are not limited to, oxygen reduction (e.g., four electron pathway to form water or OH" ions, and/or two electron pathway to form H2O2 and possibly OH" ions; both cases are pH dependent), nitrogen fixation, the chlor-alkali process, and CO2 reduction.
In some cases, the electrodes of the systems disclosed herein are believed to improve the formation of three-phase boundaries, which may improve the faradaic efficiency and/or reduce activation and/or concentration polarization at the electrode during certain electrochemical reactions. In some embodiments, the electrode structures in the systems may preferentially catalyze certain electrocatalytic reactions via certain pathways (e.g., two-electron reduction of oxygen to hydrogen peroxide vs. the four- electron pathway of oxygen to water). The electrode structures described herein may generally be used as a cathode in systems, in some cases. For example, in some embodiments, each cathode in an electrode stack may comprise the electrode structures described herein.
According to some embodiments, the electrode structures may comprise a substrate. For example, again consider FIG. 5A, which shows an illustrative diagram of a substrate 220 of an electrode 200. In some cases, the substrate comprises a non-woven fiber. In some embodiments, the substrate comprises a non-woven fiber comprising carbon. In some embodiments, the substrate comprises a non-woven fiber comprising elemental carbon. In some cases, the substrate comprises a non-woven fiber comprises graphitized carbon. In some embodiments, the substrate comprises non-woven carbon fiber. According to some embodiments, the substrate consists of a non-woven carbon fiber. In some cases, the substrate comprises a felt, for example, a carbon felt. In some cases, instead of being woven, the fibers may be entangled by being needled, matted, condensed, pressed together, or other common methods like wet laying the fibers and/or electrospinning and/or suction deposition onto a porous substrate. Other methods are also possible.
For example, while FIG. 5A shows the substrate as a planar substrate, FIG. 6 is an SEM image of an electrode 300 comprising a coated substrate. The substrate comprises non-woven fibers 310.
Advantageously, substrates comprising non-woven fibers may be relatively porous and/or may have relatively thick, three-dimensional structures. Each of factors, in some cases, may promote the mixing and/or not promote phase separation of gas and liquid of the two-phase solution when flowing over and/or through a portion of the substrate as compared to other, woven substrates or paper substrates. Combined with a high surface area catalyst, the open pore structure may facilitate an accessible and relatively large surface area on which electrocatalytic reactions may occur, in some cases. In some cases, the relatively thick, three-dimensional structures of the non-woven fibers of the substrate may contain relatively large active zones when used in electrocatalytic applications. According to some embodiments, the use of electrodes including substrates containing non-woven fibers with large open pores may lead to electrode structures that do not wet at significant rates (e.g., may maintain a certain hydrophobicity), which may extend the lifetime of the electrode depending on the application, for example, when compared to systems using electrodes comprising carbon cloths, papers, or other woven materials having relatively smaller pores which may flood more easily. Moreover, the non-woven aspect of certain substrates, according to some embodiments, may advantageously provide relatively open volumes within the substrate through which solution may flow. As described in more detail later, in some cases, solutions, such as two-phase solutions, may flow through the open volumes of the substrate. In some embodiments, open volumes may increase the surface area on which an electrocatalytic reaction may proceed.
Still other embodiments include substrates comprising woven fabrics and/or paper. For example, woven cloths comprising carbon and/or paper comprising carbon may be used as substrates, in accordance with some embodiments.
Any of a variety of fibers may be used in the non-woven substrate, in accordance with some embodiments. In some cases, the fibers may comprise carbon. In some cases, the fibers may comprise graphitized carbon. In some cases, the fibers may comprise amorphous carbon. In some embodiments, the precursor of the carbon fibers may be (polyvinyl chloride) PVC, polyvinylidene chloride (PVDC), and/or polyacrylonitrile (PAN). Other precursors are possible.
The substrate of the electrode may be relatively thick, for example, when compared to common substrate materials such as woven cloths (e.g., cloth comprising woven fibers) or paper, in accordance with some embodiments. The relatively high thickness of the substrate comprising non-woven fibers, in some cases, may result in relatively accessible and/or high surface areas over which electrocatalytic reactions may occur.
The substrate of the electrode of the system may have any of a variety of suitable thicknesses, according to some embodiments. In some embodiments, the average shortest dimension of the substrate is greater than or equal to 100 microns, greater than or equal to 500 microns, greater than or equal to 750 microns, greater than or equal to 1 millimeter, or greater than or equal to 3 millimeters. In some cases, the average shortest dimension of the substrate is less than or equal to 5 millimeters, less than or equal to 3 millimeters, less than or equal to 1 millimeter, less than or equal to 750 microns, or less than or equal to 500 microns. Combinations of the foregoing ranges are possible (e.g., greater than or equal to 500 microns and less than or equal to 5 millimeters). Other ranges are also possible. In some such embodiments, the substrate is a non-woven substrate. In some such embodiments, the average shortest dimension of the substrate corresponds to the thickness of the substrate.
In accordance with some embodiments, the substrate of the electrode has any of the foregoing thicknesses before being integrated within an electrochemical system as described herein, which may be an uncompressed thickness of the substrate. In some embodiments, the substrate of the electrode is compressed when incorporated into the electrochemical system, where the substrate has a compressed thickness when incorporated into the system. In some embodiments, the ratio of the uncompressed thickness of the substrate of the electrode to the compressed thickness of the substrate of the electrode is greater than or equal to 1.05, greater than or equal to 1.1, greater than or equal to 1.2, greater than or equal to 1.25, greater than or equal to 1.3, greater than or equal to 1.4, greater than or equal to 1.5, greater than or equal to 1.6, greater than or equal to 1.7, greater than or equal to 1.8, greater than or equal to 1.9, or greater. In some embodiments, the ratio of the uncompressed thickness of the substrate of the electrode to the compressed thickness of the substrate of the electrode is less than or equal to 2.0, less than or equal to 1.9, less than or equal to 1.8, less than or equal to 1.7, less than or equal to 1.6, less than or equal to 1.5, less than or equal to 1.4, less than or equal to 1.3, less than or equal to 1.25, less than or equal to 1.2, or less than or equal to 1.1, or less. Combinations of the foregoing ranges are possible (e.g., greater than or equal to 1.05 and less than or equal to 2.0 or greater than or equal to 1.05 and less than or equal to 1.5). Other ranges are also possible.
The substrates including non-woven fibers, in accordance with some embodiments, may have a surface area of greater than or equal to 0.01 m2/g, greater than or equal to 0.05 m2/g, greater than or equal to 0.1 m2/g, greater than or equal to 0.5 m2/g, or greater than or equal to 1 m2/g. In some cases, the substrate including non-woven fibers may have a surface area of less than or equal to 2 m2/g, less than or equal to 1 m2/g, less than or equal to 0.5 m2/g, less than or equal to 0.1 m2/g, or less than or equal to 0.05 m2/g. Combinations of the foregoing ranges are possible. Other ranges are also possible. In some embodiments, the surface area is measured using Brunauer-Emmett- Teller (BET) surface area analysis.
In accordance with some embodiments, the substrate may have any of a variety of porosities. In some cases, the porosity may be measured by mercury porosimetry. According to some embodiments, the substrate may have a porosity of greater than or equal to 0.1, greater than or equal to 0.2, greater than or equal to 0.3, greater than or equal to 0.4, greater than or equal to 0.5, greater than or equal to 0.6, greater than or equal to 0.7, greater than or equal to 0.8, greater than or equal to 0.85, greater than or equal to 0.9, greater than or equal to 0.94, or greater than or equal to 0.95. In some cases, the substrate may have a porosity of less than or equal to 0.99, less than or equal to 0.95, less than or equal to 0.94, less than or equal to 0.9. less than or equal to 0.85, less than or equal to 0.8, less than or equal to 0.7, less than or equal to 0.6, less than or equal to 0.5, less than or equal to 0.4. less than or equal to 0.3, or less than or equal to 0.2. Combinations of the foregoing ranges are possible (e.g., greater than or equal to 0.2 and less than or equal to 0.5). Other ranges are also possible. In some embodiments, the substrate may have an open macropore structure. In some embodiments, the average smallest cross-sectional dimension of a pore in the substrate is less than or equal to 200 microns, less than or equal to 100 microns, less than or equal to 50 microns, or less than or equal to 10 microns. In some embodiments, the average smallest cross section dimension of a pore in the substrate is greater than or equal to 1 micron, greater than or equal to 10 microns, greater than or equal to 50 microns, or greater than or equal to 100 microns. Combinations of the foregoing ranges are possible. Other ranges are also possible.
A first hydrophobic polymer may be deposited on at least a portion of the substrate (e.g., as a pretreatment step). In some cases, the first hydrophobic polymer may infiltrate into the void space of the substrate and/or form a coating on at least a portion of some of the fibers of the substrate. In some cases, the first hydrophobic polymer may infiltrate and coat at least a portion of the depth of the substrate. In some cases, the coating may infiltrate and/or coat all of the depth of the substrate (e.g., particles of the first hydrophobic polymer may be present on at least some fibers at each depth of the substrate). The hydrophobic polymer may comprise any of a variety of hydrophobic polymers. In some cases, the hydrophobic polymer may comprise a fluorinated polymer. Exemplary hydrophobic polymers include, but are not limited to, ethylene tetrafluoroethylene (ETFE), polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF), perfluoroalkoxy alkane (PFA), fluorinated ethylene propylene (FEP), and polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE). In some embodiments, the hydrophobic polymer comprises PTFE.
The first hydrophobic polymer may be applied as a pretreatment. It should be understood that pretreatment is a term used for convenience and is not intended to necessarily imply any order in which the first polymer must be applied to the substrate. In some cases, the hydrophobic polymer may form a coating on at least a portion of the surface of the substrate, in some cases. In some embodiments, the hydrophobic polymer pretreatment may be present on the electrode as particles of the hydrophobic polymer. In accordance with some embodiments, the particles of the hydrophobic polymer may form a partial and/or conformal coating on the surface of the substrate.
In some cases, the hydrophobic polymer may be deposited on the substrate as particles of the hydrophobic material. For example, consider FIG. 5A, which illustrates a substrate 220 of an electrode 200, where hydrophobic particles 210 may form a partial layer on the substrate 220. Consider FIG. 5B, which illustrates a substrate 580, where hydrophobic particles 586 may infiltrate the complete depth on the substrate 580.
In some cases, the particles of the first hydrophobic polymer may infiltrate at least 5%, at least 10%, at least 20%, at least 25%, at least 30%, at least 40%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, or at least 90% of the depth of a thickness of the substrate. In some cases, the polymer infiltrates in the whole depth, no more than 90%, no more than 80%, no more than 70%, no more than 60%, no more than 50%, no more than 40%, no more than 30%, no more than 25%, no more than 20%, or no more than 10% of the depth of a thickness of the substrate.
Any of a variety of sizes of the hydrophobic particles (e.g., PTFE particles) may be suitable for use during the pretreatment of the substrate of the electrode, according to some embodiments. In some cases, hydrophobic particles may be used such that they do not aggregate and maintain a relatively large hydrophobic surface area. In some embodiments, powders and/or micropowders of the hydrophobic polymers (e.g., PTFE powders) may be suspended in a solvent and may be used such that they do not aggregate and maintain a relatively large hydrophobic surface area. Conventional PTFE dispersions utilize surfactants to stabilize PTFE particles in the solvent to prevent aggregation of the particles. In some such instances, such dispersions may not achieve the desired uniform distribution of PTFE that infiltrate the depth of the substrate, for example, due to the presence of the surfactant, as the surfactant allows the PTFE to be mobile during drying. Accordingly, in some embodiments and as described in more detail elsewhere herein, the PTFE may be applied to the substrate in the absence of a surfactant.
According to some embodiments, the hydrophobic particles may have an average largest cross-sectional dimension that is greater than or equal to 100 nanometers, greater than or equal to 500 nanometers, greater than or equal to 1 micron, greater than or equal to 3 microns, greater than or equal to 5 microns, greater than or equal to 10 microns, greater than or equal to 25 microns, or greater than or equal to 50 microns. In some cases, the average largest cross-sectional dimension of the hydrophobic particles may be less than or equal to 100 microns, less than or equal to 50 microns, less than or equal to 25 microns, less than or equal to 10 microns, less than or equal to 5 microns, less than or equal to 3 microns, less than or equal to 1 micron, or less than or equal to 500 nanometers. Combinations of the foregoing ranges are possible (e.g., greater than or equal to 1 micron and less than or equal to 10 microns). Other ranges are also possible.
In some cases, the hydrophobic particles present on the surface of the substrate of the electrode may be relatively stable and/or may not significantly aggregate. According to some embodiments, the average largest cross-sectional dimension of the hydrophobic particles may not change and/or may change a relatively small amount after being deposited on the electrode and/or after surface treatments to the electrode are performed, as described in more detail elsewhere herein. In some embodiments, the average largest cross-sectional dimension of the hydrophobic particles may change by no more than 50%, no more than 25%, no more than 10%, or no more than 5% before using the electrode comprising the particles for, for example, electrocatalysis. This may be due to the hydrophobic particles remaining as initially suspended in solution and not aggregating.
In some cases, the substrate of the electrode may be pretreated with hydrophobic particles as described in more detail elsewhere herein. The hydrophobic particles on the electrode may, in some cases, form a partial layer on the electrode. In accordance with some embodiments, higher number densities of particles on the surface of the substrate may lead to more complete layers, for example, up to conformal layers. In some embodiments, wherein the substrate is a porous, three-dimensional substrate having a void space interspersed throughout its volume, the particles may be distributed throughout the volume of the substrate. In some such embodiments, the particles may be substantially uniformly distributed throughout the volume of the substrate.
According to some embodiments, using the methods described elsewhere herein, the hydrophobic particles (e.g., PTFE particles) used during the pretreatment may be on at least a portion of the surface area of the substrate. In some cases, when the substrate includes non-woven fibers (e.g., carbon felt), the hydrophobic particles may cover at least a portion of the surface of the substrate, including within an interior volume of the substrate (e.g., within the void space of the substrate). In some cases, the hydrophobic particles may deposit on the surface of the substrate relatively uniformly, for example, the particles may be uniformly distributed on a surface of the substrate in contact with the atmosphere and/or solution in which the substrate may be submersed. In some such cases, the particles may not aggregate significantly and/or may only cover a portion of the surface, as described elsewhere herein.
The concentration of hydrophobic particles (e.g., PTFE particles) used in a solution that is deposited on a substrate of an electrode may vary, in accordance with some embodiments. In some cases, the concentration of hydrophobic particles may be selected such that the particles form a layer that covers greater than or equal to 1%, greater than or equal to 10%, greater than or equal to 20%, greater than or equal to 30%, greater than or equal to 40%, or greater than or equal to 50% of the surface of the substrate. In some embodiments, the hydrophobic particles may form a layer that covers less than or equal to 60%, less than or equal to 50%, less than or equal to 40%, less than or equal to 30%, less than or equal to 20%, or less than or equal to 10% of the surface area of the substrate. Combinations of the foregoing ranges are possible. Other ranges are also possible.
According to some embodiments, the hydrophobic particles may be relatively homogeneously distributed over at least a portion of the surface area of the substrate (e.g., non-woven substrate) of the electrode, for instance, at least 5%, at least 25%, at least 50%, at least 75%, or more of the surface area of the substrate. In some cases, the hydrophobic particles may be relatively homogeneously distributed over the entirety of the substrate. To be relatively homogeneously distributed across the surface, the number density of particles distributed across the surface area of the electrode may vary by no more than 50%, no more than 25%, no more than 10%, or no more than 5% from an average number of particles, where the average number may be determined by analyzing SEM images of regions of exemplary electrodes.
In some embodiments, the hydrophobic polymer may be in the solution that is applied to the electrode in an amount of greater than or equal to 0.01 wt%, greater than or equal 0.1 wt%, greater than or equal 1 wt%, greater than or equal 2 wt%, greater than or equal 5 wt%, greater than or equal 10 wt%, greater than or equal 15 wt%, greater than or equal 20 wt%, greater than or equal 30 wt%, or greater than or equal 40 wt%. In some cases, the hydrophobic polymer may be in the solution that is applied to the electrode in an amount of less than or equal to 50 wt%, less than or equal to 40 wt%, less than or equal to 30 wt%, less than or equal to 20 wt%, less than or equal to 15 wt%, less than or equal to 10 wt%, less than or equal to 5 wt%, less than or equal to 2 wt%, less than or equal to 1 wt%, or less than or equal to 0.1 wt%. Combinations of the foregoing ranges are possible. Other ranges are also possible.
According to some embodiments, the hydrophobic polymer on the substrate may impart a level of hydrophobicity to the substrate of the electrode. The hydrophobicity of the substrate of the electrode after the hydrophobic polymer is applied (e.g., via pretreatment and/or preparation of the electrode) to the substrate may be measured by any of a variety of methods, in accordance with some embodiments. In some cases, hydrophobicity of the substrate may be determined by measuring a water contact angle on the substrate. In some embodiments, a planar non-porous material may be prepared in an otherwise analogous manner and then a water contact angle of the substrate may be measured. According to some embodiments, the water contact angle of the substrate prior to any operation in a cell is greater than or equal to 90 degrees, greater than or equal to 100 degrees, greater than or equal to 110 degrees, or greater than or equal to 120 degrees. In some embodiments, the water contact angle prior to any operation in a cell of the substrate is less than or equal to 130 degrees, less than or equal to 120 degrees, less than or equal to 110 degrees, or less than or equal to 100 degrees. Combinations of the foregoing ranges are possible. Other ranges are also possible.
In some embodiments, the electrode may further comprise a catalyst layer deposited on the substrate. In some instances, a hydrophobic polymer pretreatment may be present on at least a portion of the substrate before the catalyst layer is deposited on the substrate. For example, again referring to FIG. 5A, catalyst layer 230 may be formed over the substrate 220 and the particles of hydrophobic polymer 210 present on at least a portion of the substrate. While not shown in FIG. 5A, the catalyst layer may contact the substrate on at least a portion of the substrate (e.g., no intervening hydrophobic polymer), in some cases. In other embodiments, the catalyst layer may not directly contact the substrate, as illustrated in FIG. 5A. This may be due to the presence of an intervening layer of particles of hydrophobic polymer on the substrate, in some cases, where the catalyst layer may be formed over the substrate but be in direct contact with the hydrophobic polymer. In some embodiments, the catalyst layer may be in direct contact with the substrate and/or the hydrophobic polymer on the substrate.
In some cases, the catalyst layer comprises an active material and/or a binder and/or additional hydrophobic particles. In accordance with some such embodiments, the binder may be a second hydrophobic polymer, wherein the composition of the second hydrophobic polymer may be as described above for the first hydrophobic polymer. For instance, the second hydrophobic polymer may be or comprise PTFE particles. The binder may be in the form of a commercially available PTFE dispersion or emulsion, in some cases. In some embodiments, the additional hydrophobic particles may be a different form of PTFE particles, e.g., PTFE powder or micropowders. In some embodiments, the additional hydrophobic particles may be a combination of binder and powder or micropowder. According to some embodiments, the active material may be or comprise carbon. In some embodiments, the active material may comprise carbon nanoparticles, carbon microparticles, carbon flakes, carbon allotropes (e.g., graphite, graphene, amorphous carbon), or the like. In some embodiments, an active material may facilitate a catalytic reaction, for example, the oxygen reduction reaction, CO2 reduction reaction, or the like, at a relatively lower voltage relative to a voltage needed in the absence of the active material.
In some embodiments, the size of the active material may be any of a variety of suitable sizes. In some cases, the average largest dimension of a particle of active material is at least 10 nm, at least 100 nm, at least 1 micron, or at least 10 microns. In some embodiments, the average largest dimension of a particle of active material is no more than 100 microns, no more than 10 microns, no more than 1 micron, or no more than 100 nanometers. Combinations of the foregoing ranges are possible. Other ranges are also possible.
In accordance with some embodiments, the active material (e.g., carbon) may have a relatively high surface area. In some cases, the relatively high surface area may facilitate the formation of many and/or various types of interfaces, for example, three- phase boundaries at and/or near an interface between the solution (e.g., a two-phase solution as described elsewhere herein), the active material, and/or hydrophobic polymer present in the catalyst layer and/or present on the substrate. In some cases, the surface area of the active material may be greater than or equal to 0.5 m2/g, greater than or equal to 1 m2/g, greater than or equal to 5 m2/g, greater than or equal to 10 m2/g, greater than or equal to 50 m2/g, greater than or equal to 100 m2/g, greater than or equal to 500 m2/g, greater than or equal to 1,000 m2/g, greater than or equal to 2,000 m2/g, greater than or equal to 3,000 m2/g, or greater than or equal to 4,000 m2/g. In some embodiments, the surface area of the active material may be less than or equal to 5,000 m2/g, less than or equal to 4,000 m2/g, less than or equal to 3,000 m2/g, less than or equal to 2,000 m2/g, less than or equal to 1,000 m2/g, less than or equal to 500 m2/g, less than or equal to 100 m2/g, less than or equal to 50 m2/g, less than or equal to 10 m2/g, less than or equal to 5 m2/g, or less than or equal to 1 m2/g. Combinations of the foregoing ranges are possible. Other ranges are also possible. In some embodiments, the surface area is measured using Brunauer-Emmett-Teller (BET) surface area analysis.
In some embodiments, the active material may be in the solution that is applied to the electrode in an amount of greater than or equal to 0.01 wt%, greater than or equal 0.1 wt%, greater than or equal 1 wt%, greater than or equal 2 wt%, greater than or equal 5 wt%, greater than or equal 10 wt%, greater than or equal 15 wt%, greater than or equal 20 wt%, greater than or equal 30 wt%, or greater than or equal 40 wt% of the solution. In some cases, the active material may be in the solution that is applied to the electrode in an amount of less than or equal to 50 wt%, less than or equal to 40 wt%, less than or equal to 30 wt%, less than or equal to 20 wt%, less than or equal to 15 wt%, less than or equal to 10 wt%, less than or equal to 5 wt%, less than or equal to 2 wt%, less than or equal to 1 wt%, or less than or equal to 0.1 wt% of the solution. Combinations of the foregoing ranges are possible. Other ranges are also possible.
In some embodiments, the active material (e.g., carbon) may added in an amount to the catalyst layer in any of variety of suitable amounts. In some embodiments, the active material is added such that it is present in an amount of greater than or equal to 0.1 mg/cm2, greater than or equal to 0.25 mg/cm2, greater than or equal to 0.5 mg/cm2, greater than or equal to 1 mg/cm2, greater than or equal to 1.5 mg/cm2, greater than or equal to 2 mg/cm2, greater than or equal to 2.5 mg/cm2, greater than or equal to 3 mg/cm2, greater than or equal to 3.5 mg/cm2, greater than or equal to 4 mg/cm2, or greater than or equal to 4.5 mg/cm2 of geometric area of the substrate. In some embodiments, the active material is added such that it is present in an amount of less than or equal to 5 mg/cm2, less than or equal to 4.5 mg/cm2, less than or equal to 4 mg/cm2, less than or equal to 3.5 mg/cm2, less than or equal to 3 mg/cm2, less than or equal to 2.5 mg/cm2, less than or equal to 2 mg/cm2, less than or equal to 1.5 mg/cm2, less than or equal to 1 mg/cm2, or less than or equal to 0.5 mg/cm2 of geometric area of the substrate. Combinations of the foregoing ranges are possible. Other ranges are also possible. In accordance with some embodiments, the catalyst layer does not comprise a substantial amount of metal (e.g., no measurable amount, for example, as measured by EDS). This may be advantageous, according to some embodiments, for the metal, when present, may decompose an electrogenerated compound (e.g., hydrogen peroxide) and/or the metal may be costly. In some embodiments, metals may not provide any advantages regarding the efficiency of the reaction, e.g., when the electrogenerated compound is hydrogen peroxide and the reaction occurs in an alkaline solution.
In other embodiments, the catalyst layer comprises an active material comprising a metal. For example, the amount of metal present in the active material may be at least 0.0001 wt%, at least 0.001 wt%, at least 0.01 wt%, at least 0.1 wt%, at least 1 wt%, at least 5 wt%, at least 10 wt%, at least 20 wt%, at least 30 wt%, at least 40 wt%, or at least 50 wt% of the active material. In some embodiments, metals may be present in the active material in an amount of less than or equal to 60 wt%, less than or equal to 50 wt%, less than or equal to 40 wt%, less than or equal to 30 wt%, less than or equal to 20 wt%, less than or equal to 10 wt%, less than or equal to 5 wt%, less than or equal to 1 wt%, less than or equal to 0.1 wt%, less than or equal to 0.01 wt%, or less than or equal to 0.001 wt% of the active material. In some embodiments, the metals may only be present in trace amounts. In accordance with some embodiments, the metals of the active material may include, but are not limited to, iron, nickel, cobalt, gold, platinum, iridium, palladium, silver, rhodium, copper, zinc, oxides thereof, salts thereof, and/or metalorganic complexes thereof such as porphyrins, etc. Other metals and metal-containing compounds are possible.
In some embodiments, for example for use in electrocatalytic reactions such as the 2-electron oxygen reduction, CO2 reduction, nitrogen fixation, and/or 4-electron oxygen reduction, or others, the catalyst layer may comprise active materials comprising metals. For example, in some embodiments, the active material may further comprise metal nanoparticles. The average largest cross-sectional dimension of the nanoparticles in the active material, in some cases, may be no more than 100 nanometers, no more than 50 nanometers, no more than 20 nanometers, or no more than 10 nanometers. In some embodiments, the average largest cross-sectional dimension of the nanoparticles in the active material may be at least 5 nanometers, at least 10 nanometers, at least 20 nanometers, or at least 50 nanometers. Combinations of the foregoing ranges are possible. Other ranges are also possible. Additionally, other forms of metals, such as dopants, single atoms, and microparticles, may be present in the catalyst layer.
Once the catalyst layer is deposited, in some cases, islands of hydrophobicity, some of which may be at least partially surround by hydrophilic surfaces, may form on at least a portion of the surface of the electrode. In some embodiments, islands of hydrophobicity across the surface of the electrode may be determined from images collected using an SEM and elemental analysis via energy dispersive x-ray spectroscopy (EDS). For example, referring again to FIG. 6, the SEM image shows an electrode 300 comprising a substrate of non-woven fibers 310. On a portion of the surface of substrate, aggregates of the catalyst layer 320 can be observed.
FIG. 7A is another image collected using an SEM that is taken at a higher magnification than FIG. 6, and FIGS. 7B-7C are corresponding elemental maps collected using EDS. The image in FIG. 7A is an exemplary electrode structure 400 comprising an active material 410 and PTFE particles 420. FIG. 7B shows an elemental map of the carbon distribution and FIG. 7C shows an elemental map of the fluorine distribution from the image of FIG. 7A. The distribution of carbon and fluorine are complementary in FIGS. 7B-7C. For example, consider the particle outlined in FIG. 7A with the dotted black circle. This location corresponds to dotted white circles in FIGS. 7B-7C, which show a decrease in carbon intensity in FIG. 7B and a prevalence of fluorine in FIG. 7C. The images show the localization of fluorine to the visible particles, indicating the presence of relatively hydrophobic regions (e.g., collocated to the presence of the PTFE particles). Regions where fluorine is absent comprise relatively hydrophilic regions, where the substrate and/or the active material (e.g., carbon) are present.
In some cases, such hydrophobic regions may be at least partially surrounded by hydrophilic regions on the substrate. In some embodiments, at least a portion of the hydrophobic regions are at least partially surrounded by hydrophilic regions. In some embodiments, at least a portion of the hydrophobic regions are completely surrounded by hydrophilic regions. In some embodiments, the hydrophobic regions correspond to the hydrophobic particles (e.g., PTFE particles). Accordingly, in some embodiments, the size and distribution of the hydrophobic regions on the substrate of the electrode correspond to size and distribution of the hydrophobic particles forming the layer. In some cases, the hydrophilic and hydrophobic regions may be generally observed with an SEM and complementary elemental mapping via EDS, as shown in FIGS. 7B-7C.
The electrode may have any of a variety of suitable electrochemically active geometric areas. The electrochemically active geometric area is a two-dimensional area (as opposed to a surface area that accounts for pores) that may be determined using the geometric dimensions of the electrode exposed to electrolyte solution when the electrode is in use. For example, the electrochemically active geometric area of an electrode, the dimensions of which that are exposed to electrolyte in use are 10 cm in length and 5 cm in width, would be 50 cm2. In some instances, the electrode has an electrochemically active geometric area of greater than or equal to 1 cm2, greater than or equal to 2 cm2, greater than or equal to 5 cm2, greater than or equal to 10 cm2, greater than or equal to 50 cm2, greater than or equal to 100 cm2, greater than or equal to 500 cm2, greater than or equal to 1,000 cm2, or greater. In some embodiments, the electrode has an electrochemically active geometric area of less than or equal to 2,500, less than or equal to 2,000 cm2, less than or equal to 1,000 cm2, less than or equal to 500 cm2, less than or equal to 100 cm2, less than or equal to 50 cm2, less than or equal to 10 cm2, less than or equal to 5 cm2, less than or equal to 2 cm2, or less. Combinations of the foregoing ranges are possible.
According to some embodiments, the electrode used in the system may be formed by any of a variety of methods. For example, in some cases, the substrate of the electrode may be pretreated. According to some embodiments, an active material may be applied to the substrate of the electrode. In some cases, after pretreatment, the electrode may be heated in an inert gas environment, for example, a non-oxidative environment, in order to sinter particles on the electrode/or to remove a surfactant from the surface of the electrode. In some cases, the hydrophobic particles are sintered.
A substrate, for example, a non-woven substrate may be pretreated, in accordance with some embodiments. Pretreating the electrode may include applying a solution to the substrate, where the solution comprises hydrophobic particles, for example, PTFE particles. In some cases, a PTFE powder and/or micropowder may be used to pretreat the substrate, as opposed to a PTFE dispersion. In other cases, the PTFE particles may originate from a PTFE dispersion. In some embodiments, pretreating the electrode may make the electrode more hydrophobic and/or may facilitate further deposition of, for instance, a catalyst layer onto the substrate. In some cases, the hydrophobic particles that are used to pretreat the electrode may be applied to the electrode in a solvent.
Any of a variety of liquids may be used for applying the hydrophobic particles when treating the substrate of the electrode. In some embodiments, the liquid is a solvent. Any of a variety of solvents may be used for applying the hydrophobic particles when pretreating the substrate of the electrode, in accordance with some embodiments. In some cases, the solvent may comprise an organic solvent. According to some embodiments, the solvent may comprise a polar organic solvent. In other cases, the solvent may comprise a nonpolar organic solvent. According to some embodiments, the solvent may comprise an aprotic polar organic solvent. According to some embodiments, the solvent may comprise a protic polar organic solvent. Examples of protic polar organic solvents include, but are not limited to, methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol, isopropyl alcohol, isobutyl alcohol, or the like. In some cases, it may be advantageous to use a solvent comprising isopropanol. In some embodiments, other solvents such as acetone, hexanes, chloroform, and/or diethyl ether may be used as the solvent during pretreatment of the substrate of the electrode. Other non-limiting examples of liquids (e.g., solvents) that can be used include ethyl acetate and/or acetone. In some cases, the solvent may be aqueous, and thus may contain water. Other solvents are also possible. Additionally, mixed solvent systems may also be used, for example, a 50/50 mix of ethanol and isopropanol. In some instances, a mixed solvent system comprising water and an alcohol (e.g., IPA) may be used. Other ratios, combinations of solvents, and number of solvents of the solvent system (e.g., at least 1 constituent solvent, at least 2 constituent solvents, at least 3 constituent solvents, and so forth) are contemplated, as this disclosure is not so limited.
In some instances, the solvent is a liquid. Some aspects of selecting a solvent may be related to the vapor pressure of the solvent. For example, in some cases, solvents having relatively high vapor pressures may evaporate quickly upon pretreating the electrode, which may lead to relatively uniform depositions and associated distributions of any hydrophobic particles (e.g., PTFE particles) on the substrate following pretreatment when compared to particle distributions obtained when pretreating using relatively less volatile solvents (e.g., water). In some embodiments, the vapor pressure of the solvent at 25 degrees C may be greater than or equal to 0.1 kPa, greater than or equal to 1 kPa, greater than or equal to 5 kPa, greater than or equal to 10 kPa, greater than or equal to 15 kPa, greater than or equal to 20 kPa, greater than or equal to 25 kPa, or greater than or equal to 30 kPa. In some embodiments, the vapor pressure of the solvent at 25 degrees C may be less than or equal to 35 kPa, less than or equal to 30 kPa, less than or equal to 25 kPa, less than or equal to 20 kPa, less than or equal to 15 kPa, less than or equal to 10 kPa, less than or equal to 5 kPa, or less than or equal to 1 kPa. Combinations of the foregoing ranges are possible (e.g., greater than or equal to 1 kPa and less than or equal to 10 kPa). Other ranges are also possible. Accordingly, some aspects are related to methods of modifying electrodes, where the method includes pretreating the electrode by applying a first solution comprising a liquid having a vapor pressure of greater than or equal to 1 kPa at 25 degrees C. In some such embodiments, the first solution further comprises a first hydrophobic polymer.
According to some embodiments, the solution applied to pretreat the electrode may consist of the solvent and the hydrophobic particles. For example, in some such cases, the solution used to pretreat the electrode may consist of isopropanol and PTFE particles. According to some cases, surfactants may be absent from the solution. In some such cases, using a relatively volatile solvent and/or no surfactant may result in a relatively uniform infiltration and resulting distribution of hydrophobic particles on the surface of the substrate after the solvent evaporates. In other embodiments, additional components may be in the solution used for pretreating the electrode, such as surfactants, multiple solvents, binders, and/or other types of particles. In some embodiments, the substrate may not be pretreated.
For example, consider FIG. 5B, which shows the pretreatment of a substrate 580. A pretreatment solution 585 comprising a first hydrophobic polymer 586 may be applied 587 to the substrate 580. In some embodiments, multiple applications 588 of the pretreatment solution 585 (e.g., two times, three times, four times, and so forth) may result in a further infiltration depth of the hydrophobic polymer 586 into substrate 580 to form a pretreated substrate. It should be understood that a pretreatment solution does not necessarily need to be applied directly to another untreated electrode. In some embodiments, the pretreatment solution may not be applied and/or may be applied to an electrode that has been modified by another material, for example, a catalyst layer. In some cases, as shown in FIG. 5C, the pretreatment solution is applied to both sides of the substrate such that the hydrophobic polymer may further infiltrate into the substrate and/or infiltrate from both sides of the substrate.
A catalyst layer comprising an active material may be applied to the substrate of an electrode, in accordance with some embodiments. The active material, as described elsewhere herein in more detail, may be applied to the electrode to provide a catalyst for certain electrochemical reactions. According to some embodiments, the catalyst layer may be applied after pretreating the electrode. In other cases, the catalyst layer may be applied to the electrode during pretreatment of the electrode. In some embodiments, the active material may be directly applied to the electrode, for example, as a powder. In some cases, dispersions of the active material may be deposited on the electrode, for example, to form a catalyst layer. The active material, in accordance with some embodiments, may be applied to the substrate of the electrode in the form of a slurry.
When applying the catalyst layer to the substrate, in accordance with some embodiments, the materials of the catalyst layer may be initially present in a solution, suspension, dispersion, or slurry. For example, according to some cases, the solution for applying the catalyst layer may consist of a solvent and the active material. In some cases, the solution may comprise the solvent, the active material, and other components. Solvents such as the solvents used during electrode pretreatment may be used to apply the catalyst layer. Examples of other components include, but are not limited to, hydrophobic polymers, surfactants, and/or binders. In some cases, particles of hydrophobic polymer, e.g., PTFE particles, may be supplied in the form of a dispersion or emulsion which may act as a binder and/or hydrophobicity agent in the catalyst layer. In some cases, particles of hydrophobic polymer, e.g., PTFE particles supplied in the form of a dry powder added to the solution, suspension, dispersion, or slurry, may act as a hydrophobicity agent and or binder. Some or all of such components may be present in the solution to be applied to the substrate, in some embodiments. In some such cases, the solution may be a slurry.
FIGS. 5D-5F show embodiments wherein substrates are treated with active materials. In some cases, such as shown in FIGS. 5D-5E, pretreated electrodes may then have a solution 595 comprising active material 596 and a second hydrophobic polymer 597 applied 599 to deposit a catalyst layer on to the pretreated substrate 589. In some cases, the pretreated electrode may comprise a first hydrophobic polymer before applying the active material and the second hydrophobic polymer. In some such cases, the first and second hydrophobic polymers are the same polymer. In other such cases, the first and second hydrophobic polymers are different. According to some embodiments, such as shown in FIG. 5F, the active material 596 and second hydrophobic polymer may be applied to an otherwise untreated substrate 580. Still other embodiments are contemplated where a substrate may be treated with only an active material (e.g., no hydrophobic polymer).
The electrode may be heated, in some embodiments. In some embodiments, the electrode may be heated in a non-oxidative atmosphere. It has been realized that in some instances, heating in an oxidative environment may yield a relatively hydrophilic substrate, which may be undesirable and lead to electrode flooding. In some cases, however, the electrode may be heated in an oxidative environment. In some cases, the electrode may be heated before pretreatment, after pretreatment, and/or after applying the material of the catalyst layer to the substrate of the electrode. Heating the electrode, in accordance with some embodiments, may provide any of a variety of benefits to the electrode. In some cases, heating the electrode may remove a surfactant and/or a solvent from the surface of the substrate of the electrode, which may minimize or prevent the electrode from flooding. Without wishing to be bound by any particular theory, it is believed that heating the electrode and removing a surfactant and/or a solvent from the surface of the substrate of the electrode may make at least a portion of the surface of the electrode more hydrophobic (e.g., any hydrophobic particles present on the substrate may no longer be coated by a relatively hydrophilic surfactant and/or solvent). In some embodiments, heating the electrode in a non-oxidative atmosphere may reduce components of the electrode, such that portions of the surface may be relatively hydrophobic and facilitate the formation of three phase boundaries. According to some embodiment, heating the electrode may sinter particles present on the substrate of the electrode, which may provide advantages related to the surface hydrophobicity and/or may promote adhesion of the particles on the surface of the electrode.
The electrode, in accordance with some embodiments, may be heated to any of a variety of temperatures. In some cases, the electrode may be heated to relatively high temperatures, for example, to obtain more hydrophobicity of the substrate, better adhesion of the particles to the substrate, and/or better removal of the surfactant from the electrode. For example, in some embodiments, the electrode may be heated in an atmosphere having an average temperature of greater than or equal to 50 degrees C, greater than or equal to 100 degrees C, greater than or equal to 150 degrees C, greater than or equal to 200 degrees C, greater than or equal to 250 degrees C, greater than or equal to 300 degrees C, greater than or equal to 350 degrees C, or greater than or equal to 380 degrees C. In some cases, the electrode may be heated in an atmosphere having an average temperature of less than or equal to 400 degrees C, less than or equal to 380 degrees C, less than or equal to 350 degrees C, less than or equal to 300 degrees C, less than or equal to 250 degrees C, less than or equal to 200 degrees C, less than or equal to 150 degrees C, or less than or equal to 100 degrees C. Combinations of the foregoing ranges are possible. Other ranges are also possible.
The atmosphere in which the electrode is heated, in accordance with some embodiments, may comprise any of a variety of compositions. In some cases, the atmosphere may be non-oxidative. For example, in some cases, the atmosphere in which the electrode is heated contains less than or equal to 1 wt%, less than or equal to 0.1 wt%, less than or equal to 0.01 wt% of oxygen in the atmosphere. In some cases, the atmosphere contains substantially no oxygen. In some cases, the atmosphere may be a reducing atmosphere. In some embodiments, the atmosphere may be dry. Exemplary gases that may be present in the atmosphere include, but are not limited to, N2, CO, H2, and Ar. Steam may be used in combination with exemplary gases. Combinations and gases having different ratios of constituent gases are possible in the atmosphere when heating the electrode, in accordance with some embodiments. In some cases, the electrode may be heated in a vacuum (e.g., having a pressure of no more than 10 kPa, no more than 1 kPa, no more than 100 Pa, no more than 10 Pa, or no more than 1 Pa before being heated).
As described elsewhere herein, hydrophobic particles present on the substrate of the electrode may have any of a variety of sizes, in some embodiments. In some cases, heating the electrode may sinter the particles present on the substrate. According to some embodiments, the average largest cross-sectional of the hydrophobic particles may grow after heating the electrode. In some cases, the average largest cross-sectional dimension of the hydrophobic particles may grow by at least 10%, at least 20%, at least 30%, or at least 40% of the initial average largest cross-sectional dimension of the particle distribution. In some embodiments, the average largest cross-sectional dimension of the hydrophobic particles may grow by no more than 50%, no more than 40%, no more than 30%, or no more than 20% of the initial average largest cross-sectional dimension of the particle distribution. Combinations of the foregoing ranges are possible. Other ranges are also possible. In some cases, heating the electrode may not cause any observable (e.g., measurable) growth of the hydrophobic particles.
According to some embodiments, after sintering, the hydrophobic particles may grow to have an average largest cross-sectional dimension that is greater than or equal to 100 nanometers, greater than or equal to 500 nanometers, greater than or equal to 1 micron, greater than or equal to 3 microns, greater than or equal to 5 microns, greater than or equal to 10 microns, greater than or equal to 25 microns, or greater than or equal to 50 microns. In some cases, the average largest cross-sectional dimension of the hydrophobic particles may be less than or equal to 100 microns, less than or equal to 50 microns, less than or equal to 25 microns, less than or equal to 10 microns, less than or equal to 5 microns, less than or equal to 3 microns, or less than or equal to 1 micron. Combinations of the foregoing ranges are possible (e.g., greater than or equal to 1 micron and less than or equal to 10 microns). Other ranges are also possible.
Described in the context of FIG. 1 elsewhere herein, the disclosed electrodes may be used in an electrochemical system. The electrochemical system may include any of a variety of suitable volumes, for instance, greater than or equal to 100 cm3, greater than or equal to 500 cm3, greater than or equal to 1,000 cm3, greater than or equal to 3,000 cm3, greater than or equal to 5,000 cm3, greater than or equal to 10,000 cm3, greater than or equal to 50,000 cm3, greater than or equal to 70,000 cm3, greater than or equal to 100,000 cm3, greater than or equal to 500,000 cm3, greater than or equal to 1 m3, greater than or equal to 10 m3, greater than or equal to 50 m3, greater than or equal to 100 m3, or greater. In some embodiments, the volume of the electrochemical system may be less than or equal to 150 m3, less than or equal to 100 m3, less than or equal to 50 m3, less than or equal to 10 m3, less than or equal to 1 m3, less than or equal to 500,000 cm3, less than or equal to 100,000 cm3, less than or equal to 70,000 cm3, less than or equal to 50,000 cm3, less than or equal to 10,000 cm3, less than or equal to 5,000 cm3, less than or equal to 3,000 cm3, less than or equal to 1,000 cm3, or less than or equal to 500 cm3. Combinations of the foregoing ranges are possible. Other ranges are also possible. In some embodiments, the volume of a single electrode stack falls within one of these volume ranges. In some embodiments, the sum of the volumes of all electrode stacks of the system falls within one of these volume ranges. In some embodiments, the sum of the volumes of all electrode stacks, tanks, and the balance of the facility employing the electrode stacks of the system falls within one of these volume ranges.
The electrodes described above may be used as the cathode in an electrochemical system (e.g., in each electrochemical cell of an electrode stack). According to some embodiments, electrochemical systems comprising the electrode structures described herein may further comprise other components to electrochemical systems.
For example, in some cases, the electrochemical systems may further comprise a second electrode, e.g., an anode. The anode material may comprise any of a variety of materials. For example, the anode may comprise carbon (e.g., graphite), noble metals and oxides or salts (e.g., Pt, Au, Ag), transition metals and oxides or salts (e.g., Ni, Co, Fe), and/or alloys (e.g., stainless steel), Raney nickel, or flame- sprayed. Other anode materials are also possible.
In some cases, the electrochemical system may further comprise a separator to minimize and/or prevent crossover of the electrolyte between the anodic and cathodic electrodes of the cell. In some embodiments, the separator may be a cation exchange membrane. In some cases, the separator may be an anion exchange membrane. In some cases, using a cation exchange membrane as a separator may be advantageous because it may minimize and/or prevent crossover of anions present in basic solution of the electrochemical cell (e.g., perhydroxyl anions, polyatomic anions containing metals such as zincate). In some cases, using an anion exchange membrane as a separator may be advantageous to minimize and/or prevent crossover of ions present in acidic solution of the electrochemical cell (e.g., metallic cations). In some cases, the separator may comprise polyethylene, PTFE, polyvinyl chloride, ceramics, or fluorinated polymers (e.g., perfluorosulfonic acid (PFSA), Nafion). Other separator materials are possible, as this disclosure is not so limited.
The electrochemical system may further comprise a solvent system and/or an electrolyte, in some embodiments. In some cases, the solvent system may be organic. In other cases, the solvent system may be aqueous. Any of a variety of electrolytes may be used, in accordance with some embodiments, for example, metallic ions, halides, acids, bases and/or polyatomic ions. Exemplary cations include, but are not limited to, H+, NH4 +, Li+, Na+, K+, Ca2+, and Mg2+. Example anions may include, but are not limited to, F’, Cl", Br", T, OH", SO42', CO3 2’, NO3‘, perhydroxyl anion, and PO43'. Other ions are possible. In some embodiments, certain reduction reactions may proceed more efficiently at relatively basic pH values. According to some cases, relatively basic solution may also be used on the anodic side of the electrochemical cell. In some such cases, electrogenerated compounds from the anode may be anions and/or form anionic complexes after oxidation at the anode. In some such embodiments, electrogenerated compounds from the anode that accumulate a negative charge due to the conditions of the electrolyte may not crossover the separator into the cathode side of the electrochemical cell when using a cation exchange membrane.
Any of a variety of concentrations of ions in the electrolyte solutions used in the anode and/or the cathode may be used. For example, in some cases, ions present in the electrolyte may be present in a concentration of at least 100 mM, at least 500 mM, at least 1 M, at least 1.5 M, at least 2 M, at least 2.5 M, at least 3 M, at least 4 M, at least 5 M, or at least 8 M. In some cases, the electrolyte may be present in a concentration of no more than 10 M, no more than 8 M, no more than 5 M, no more than 4 M, no more than 3 M, no more than 2.5 M, no more than 2 M, no more than 1.5 M, no more than 1 M, or no more than 500 mM. Combinations of the foregoing ranges are possible. Other ranges are also possible. The concentration of the electrolyte in the anodic cell and the cathodic cell of the electrochemical cell may not be the same. In some cases, the concentration of electrolyte may be selected such that any electrogenerated compounds do not react, precipitate, or otherwise decompose within the system.
According to some embodiments, the system may be configured to flow electrolyte solution across and/or through at least a portion of the electrode. In some cases, the system may be configured to flow electrolyte solution across and/or through at least a portion of each electrode in an electrode stack. In some cases, the electrolyte solution may be flowed over and/or through each cathode of each electrochemical stack. In some cases, flowing the electrolyte solution may minimize and/or prevent steep concentration gradients of electrogenerated compounds (e.g., hydrogen peroxide or associated ions, or other compounds) from forming throughout the electrochemical system, for example, near the separator and/or near the electrodes. In some such cases, avoiding such steep concentration gradients may minimize and/or prevent crossover of electrolyte between half cells (e.g., between the cathode and the anode) and/or from forming precipitates due to relatively high local concentrations of the electrogenerated compounds in the absence of flow. As described in more detail elsewhere herein, in some embodiments, the electrolyte may be recirculated throughout the system in order to further mitigate steep concentration gradients of electrogenerated compounds.
The electrolyte solution may be flowed through the system at any of a variety of flow rates, in accordance with some embodiments. In some cases, using relatively high flow rates may be advantageous, for example, for increasing mass transport of reactant species to the surface of the electrodes of the electrochemical system, for increasing mass transport of the electrogenerated compounds away from the surface of the electrodes, and/or flowing solution through pores of a relatively porous electrode (e.g., non-woven fibers comprising carbon). Advantageously, in some embodiments, using the electrode structure described herein within an electrochemical system may facilitate relatively high faradaic efficiencies for certain electrogenerated compounds, and thus concentration gradients of the electrogenerated compounds may be relatively steep near the surface of the electrodes that are electrogenerating the compound. Accordingly, relatively high flow rates may facilitate the transport of the electrogenerated compound away from the electrode surface, which may minimize and/or prevent precipitation or species involving the electrogenerated compounds. According to some embodiments, to achieve the relatively high flow rates, pressure may be applied to achieve the relatively high flow rates.
In some cases, the linear flow velocity of the electrolyte solution flowing through the electrode may be greater than or equal to 1 millimeter per second, greater than or equal to 1 centimeter per second, greater than or equal to 5 centimeters per second, greater than or equal to 10 centimeters per second, or greater than or equal to 25 centimeters per second. In some embodiments, the linear flow velocity of the electrolyte solution flowing through the electrode may be less than or equal to 50 centimeters per second, less than or equal to 25 centimeters per second, less than or equal to 10 centimeters per second, less than or equal to 5 centimeters per second, or less than or equal to 1 centimeter per second. Combinations of the foregoing ranges are possible. Other ranges are also possible. In some cases, the electrolyte solution may flow through a nominal cross section of the electrode at a rate of greater than or equal to 1 millimeter per second, greater than or equal to 2 millimeters per second, greater than or equal to 3 millimeters per second, greater than or equal to 5 millimeters per second, greater than or equal to 8 millimeters per second, greater than or equal to 1 centimeter per second, greater than or equal to 5 centimeters per second, greater than or equal to 10 centimeters per second, or greater than or equal to 25 centimeters per second. In some embodiments, the electrolyte solution may flow through a nominal amount of surface area of the electrode at a rate of less than or equal to 50 centimeters per second, less than or equal to 25 centimeters per second, less than or equal to 10 centimeters per second, less than or equal to 5 centimeters per second, less than or equal to 1 centimeter per second, less than or equal to 8 millimeters per second, less than or equal to 5 millimeters per second, less than or equal to 3 millimeters per second, or less than or equal to 2 millimeters per second. Combinations of the foregoing ranges are possible. Other ranges are also possible.
In some embodiments, the flow rates on separate sides of the electrochemical system (e.g., on the cathode side versus on the inner side) may differ, for example based on the electrode present on each side of the electrochemical system. For instance, in some cases, a higher flow rate may be used on the cathode side where a relatively porous electrode may be used in comparison to a lower flow rate on the anode side where a planar electrode may be used. Still other embodiments may have different electrode structures on either side of the electrochemical system and may utilize different flow rates based on the pressure drop associated with each electrode structure and the configuration of the electrochemical system. Different flow rates in different compartments of the electrochemical system may be achieved using multiple pumps, mass flow controllers, sensors, or the like, as described elsewhere herein.
According to some embodiments, the cathode side of an electrochemical cell may be fluidly connected to a recirculation tank. In some embodiments, each of the cathodes in an electrode stack may be fluidically connected to a recirculation tank. In some cases, the compounds that are electrocatalytically generated at the cathode flow from the cathode to the recirculation tank. In some such cases, where the absolute magnitude of the current density of the cathode is held constant, the amount of compound electrogenerated at the cathode may be relatively constant as a function of time. Thus, in some such cases, the solution flowing into the recirculation tank from the cathode may comprise a relatively constant amount of electrogenerated compound while the current density at the cathode is maintained. In some cases, the recirculation tank may further comprise a second inlet through which fresh catholyte solution (e.g., catholyte solution containing no electrogenerated compounds, for example, water) and/or an outlet from which solution containing the electrogenerated compound may be withdrawn therefrom.
In accordance with some embodiments, the volume of the solution in the recirculation tank may be maintained at a constant level, the concentration of the compounds in the recirculation tank may be maintained at a constant level (e.g., after the system equilibrates while the cathode is applying the relatively constant current density), and/or a fraction of the compounds may be withdrawn from the system (e.g., through the outlet) as the system runs continuously. As described elsewhere herein, the flow rate through the cathode side of the electrochemical cell and through the first inlet of the recirculation tank, the flow rate through the second inlet of the recirculation tank, and the flow rate through the outlet of the recirculation tank may be altered depending on the desired current density at the cathode and/or the desired withdrawal rate of the compound from the system.
The system may further comprise any of a variety of sensors. In some cases, sensors for measuring the flow rate into and/or out of the components of the electrochemical system (e.g., the electrode stack, the cathodic reservoir, the anodic reservoir) may be used. Other sensors are also possible, e.g., sensors for measuring the concentration of species in solution (e.g., the concentration of electrogenerated compound). In some embodiments, a sample of solution from the electrochemical system may be withdrawn and tested external the system to determine a concentration of species in solution. In some embodiments, sensors may be present to determine the generation and/or presence of undesirable materials, e.g., precipitates. According to some embodiments, species such as precipitates may be observed through optical means (e.g., spectroscopy) and/or via an increase in resistance or other electrical methods. Other methods are also possible. The sensors may provide real-time feedback and/or be in communication with processors and/or controllers in order alter system parameters in real time to increase system efficiency, for example, the flow rates and/or applied current densities. In some cases, the system may comprise flow sensors, but not other types of sensors. Still other systems do not comprise any sensors.
According to some embodiments, methods comprising mixing a liquid and a gas to form a two-phase solution, flowing the two-phase solution over and/or through at least a portion of an electrode comprising a substrate and applying a voltage to the electrode such that at least a portion of the gas participates in a reaction to electrochemically generate a compound at the electrode are detailed. In some cases, the solution containing the electrogenerated compound is recirculated to the compartment containing the electrode at least until the compound is present in solution in an amount of greater than or equal to 2 wt%. For example, referring again to FIGS. 3-4, a two-phase solution may be flowed through a cathode substrate of an electrochemical cell, wherein the electrochemical cell may be present within an electrode stack.
The use of a two-phase solution, in accordance with some embodiments, may facilitate electrocatalytic reactions involving gaseous reactants and liquid phase reactant. It is believed that the use of two-phase solutions may promote the formation of three- phase boundaries on the surface of the electrode (e.g., on an external surface and/or in the void space of the electrode). In some cases, two phase solutions generally refer to the simultaneous flow of two different phases, for example, gas and liquid, that are interspersed.
The characteristics of two-phase solutions may depend on the relative flow rates of the constituent phases, the properties of the phases, and/or the interactions of the phases with the system (e.g., the fluidic channel transporting the two-phase solution, the electrode structure, etc.).
In some embodiments, the liquid may be flowed to the intersection where two- phase solution may be generated at any of a variety of rates. In some cases, the rate of liquid flow may be dependent on the volumetric size of the system. In some embodiments, the liquid may be flowed to the intersection where two-phase solution may be generated at a rate of greater than or equal to 0.2 mL/min, greater than or equal to 0.5 mL/min, greater than or equal to 1 mL/min, greater than or equal to 2 mL/min, greater than or equal to 5 mL/min, greater than or equal to 30 mL/min, greater than or equal to 50 mL/min, greater than or equal to 100 mL/min, greater than or equal to 500 mL/min, greater than or equal to 1,000 mL/min, or greater than or equal to 2,500 mL/min. In some cases, the liquid may flow at a rate of less than or equal to 5,000 mL/min, less than or equal to 2,500 mL/min, less than or equal to 1,000 mL/min, less than or equal to 500 mL/min, less than or equal to 100 mL/min, less than or equal to 50 mL/min, less than or equal to 30 mL/min, less than or equal to 5 mL/min, less than or equal to 2 mL/min, less than or equal to 1 mL/min, or less than or equal to 0.5 mL/min. Combinations of the foregoing ranges are possible. Other ranges are also possible.
In some embodiments, the gas may be flowed to the intersection where two-phase solution may be generated at of a variety of rates. In some cases, the mass flow rate of liquid may be dependent on the volumetric size of the system. In some embodiments, the gas may be flowed to the intersection where two-phase solution may be generated at a mass flow rate of greater than or equal to 0.2 standard liters per minute (slpm), greater than or equal to 1 slpm, greater than or equal to 1 slpm, greater than or equal to 5 slpm, greater than or equal to 10 slpm, greater than or equal to 25 slpm, or greater than or equal to 35 slpm. In some cases, the liquid may flow at a rate of less than or equal to 50 slpm, less than or equal to 35 slpm, less than or equal to 25 slpm, less than or equal to 10 slpm, less than or equal to 5 slpm, or less than or equal to 1 slpm, less than or equal to 0.5 slpm. Combinations of the foregoing ranges are possible. Other ranges are also possible.
In some cases, the ratio of the gas present in the two-phase solution to the amount of gas converted to compound in the electrocatalytic reaction may be greater than or equal to 2, greater than or equal to 3, greater than or equal to 4, greater than or equal to 5, greater than or equal to 6, greater than or equal to 7, greater than or equal to 8, or greater than or equal to 9. In some cases, the ratio of the gas present in the two-phase solution to the amount of gas converted to compound in the electric catalytic reaction may be less than or equal to 10, less than or equal to 9, less than or equal to 8, less than or equal to 7, less than or equal to 6, less than or equal to 5, less than or equal to 4, or less than or equal to 3. Combinations of the four going ranges are possible (e.g., greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to 10, greater than or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 6). Other ranges are also possible.
The electrocatalysis performed in the systems described herein, in accordance with some embodiments, involve flowing solution across and/or through at least one of the electrodes in the system. For example, as described elsewhere herein, the system may include an electrode containing a substrate, a pretreatment of hydrophobic particles (e.g., PTFE particles), and a catalyst layer comprising an active material and/or hydrophobic particles. In some such embodiments, pressurized flow may be used to facilitate the flow of solution across and/or through at least one of the electrodes of the system. In some embodiments, pressurized flow of the two-phase solution may facilitate the use of two- phase solutions in combination with the electrode structures described herein.
To achieve pressurized flow of the fluid across and/or through the electrode of the system, in some embodiments, any of a variety of methods may be used. For example, in some embodiments, fluid pumps (e.g., peristaltic pumps, diaphragm pumps, gear pumps, centrifugal pumps, rotary vane pumps), compressed gas, hydraulic systems, or pneumatic systems may be used. Liquid ring compressors are particularly advantageous for providing pressure to gases. In some cases, liquid ring compressors may humidify the gas. Other methods may also be used, as this disclosure is not so limited. In some cases, mass flow controllers and/or mass flow sensors may be coupled with the methods for pressurizing flow to achieve certain flows rates over and/or through at least one of the electrodes of the systems.
Any of a variety of pressures may be used, in accordance with some embodiments. Pressures may be varied, in some cases, to achieve different flow rates of the solution across and/or through the electrodes of the system. Different flow rates may be desirable, in accordance with some embodiments, based on a variety of factors, including mass transport of the reactants to the electrode, mass transport of the electrogenerated compounds away from the electrode, and/or maintaining certain current densities at the electrode, as described in more detail elsewhere herein.
In some embodiments, recirculating the catholyte and/or the anolyte solution after it passes over and/or through the cathode and anode, respectively, may provide any of a variety of advantages. For example, in some cases, recirculating an electrogenerated compound from the anode and/or cathode in the system may reduce concentration gradients of the electrogenerated compound near the anode or cathode. According to some such embodiments, this may reduce and/or eliminate the formation of precipitates including and/or involving the electrogenerated compound.
For example, as shown in FIG. 1, solution containing the electrogenerated compound that flows from the outlets A8 and C4 of the cathode or anode may flow to reservoirs A4 and C5. The electrogenerated compound collected in at least one of the reservoirs may be separated and/or drained from the reservoir via an outlet on the reservoir. In some embodiments, when the electrogenerated compound is in solution (e.g., dissolved in solution), the electrogenerated compound may be removed (e.g., from the system) via an outlet suitable for solutions to flow therethrough, such as a drain or a tube. In some embodiments, when the electrogenerated compound is gaseous (e.g., a gas not dissolved in solution), the electrogenerated compound may be removed via an outlet suitable for gases to flow therethrough, such as vents. For example, solution from the cathodic reservoir is removed via outlet C6 to obtain solution containing the electrogenerated compound. In place of the removed solution, fresh reactant solution, e.g., a solution having a composition substantially the same as the solution flowed over the electrode before electrogenerating any compounds and/or water containing essentially none of the electrogenerated compound, may be added to the reservoir in place of the removed solution via the inlet Cl, which may help to maintain a constant level of electrogenerated compound within the reservoir (e.g., cathodic reservoir) when operating the system at steady state. In some embodiments, the water added to the reservoir is deionized (DI) water.
The system shown in FIG. 1 may provide various advantages, for instance, the configuration of the system facilitates the recirculation of the compound in the catholyte (as illustrated, e.g., or anolyte in alternative embodiments) and thus may minimize concentration gradients of the electrogenerated compound near the cathode. Moreover, the system shown in Figure 1 may facilitate the continuous operation of the system while also continuously drawing off electrogenerated compound from, for example, the catholyte reservoir C5 via outlet C6. In such a manner, using outlet C6 and inlet Cl of the catholyte reservoir C5, the rate at which electrogenerated compound is drawn from the catholyte reservoir C5 may be based on the flow rate of the catholyte reservoir solution through the outlet C6. In some such cases, if this rate of electrogenerated compound removal through the outlet is balanced with the rate at which the compound is electrogenerated at the electrode (e.g., determined from the current density), then the concentration of the electrogenerated compound throughout the system may be maintained at a relatively constant value during steady-state operation.
In some embodiments, due to the relatively high flow rates used in the system, the solution flowing from the outlet of the system into a reservoir may initially contain a relatively low amount of electrogenerated compound. For example, in some cases where the system is electrogenerating hydrogen peroxide, the cathode may generate no more than 2 wt%, no more than 1 wt%, no more than 0.8 wt%, no more than 0.6 wt%, no more than 0.4 wt%, no more than 0.2 wt%, no more than 0.1 wt%, no more than 0.08 wt%, no more than 0.05 wt%, no more than 0.03 wt%, no more than 0.01 wt%, no more than 0.008 wt%, no more than 0.005 wt%, or no more than 0.003 wt% of hydrogen peroxide in the solution flowing from the outlet of the electrochemical system after a single pass by the cathode (e.g., or cathodes in an electrode stack). In some such cases, it may be advantageous to recirculate the solution from the system to accumulate more electrogenerated compound in the solution flowing through the system. In some embodiments, the system may be configured so that solution is not withdrawn from the reservoir until a certain amount of electrogenerated compound is in the electrolyte solution being recirculated through the system (e.g., present in the reservoir).
In accordance with some embodiments, the electrogenerated compound (e.g., the desired, value-added electrogenerated compound, such as hydrogen peroxide) may be recirculated through the system without withdrawing any electrogenerated compound (e.g., via outlet C5 in FIG. 1) until the electrogenerated compound is present in solution in a predetermined concentration. Additional compounds, other than a desired, value- added electrogenerated compound, may also be present in solution. Such compounds may be electrogenerated and/or participate as a charge carrier in the electrogeneration of the desired electrogenerated compound (e.g., NaOH may be present in solution and participate in the electrogeneration of hydrogen peroxide and/or may be produced by an electrochemical reaction itself). The concentration ranges described in this paragraph below should not be interpreted as limiting the amount of such additional compounds. For instance, a solution comprising the electrogenerated compound may flow out of an outlet of a compartment containing an electrode wherein the electrogenerated compound was electrogenerated. According to some such embodiments, at least a portion of the solution from the outlet may be recirculated from the outlet to the inlet of the compartment such that the electrogenerated compound is present in solution in a predetermined concentration. In some embodiments, when recirculated, the electrogenerated compound is present in the solution in an amount of greater than or equal to 0.2 wt%, greater than or equal to 0.4 wt%, greater than or equal to 0.6 wt%, greater than or equal to 0.8 wt%, greater than or equal to 1 wt%, greater than or equal to 1.5 wt%, greater than or equal to 2 wt%, greater than or equal to 3 wt%, greater than or equal to 4 wt%, greater than or equal to 5 wt %, or greater than or equal to 6 wt% of the solution. In some cases, when recirculated, the electrogenerated compound is present in the solution in an amount of less than or equal to 7 wt%, less than or equal to 6 wt%, less than or equal to 5 wt%, less than or equal to 4 wt%, less than or equal to 2 wt%, less than or equal to 1.5 wt%, less than or equal to 1 wt%, less than or equal to 0.8 wt%, less than or equal to 0.6 wt%, or less than or equal to 0.4 wt% of the solution. Combinations of the foregoing ranges are possible (e.g., greater than or equal to 2 wt% and less than or equal to 7 wt%). Other ranges are also possible.
In accordance with some embodiments, the electrogenerated compound may be recirculated through the system without withdrawing any electrogenerated compound (e.g., via outlet C5 in FIG. 1) until the electrogenerated compound is present in solution in a predetermined concentration, for example, present in the solution in an amount of at least 0.2 wt%, at least 0.4 wt%, at least 0.6 wt%, at least 0.8 wt%, at least 1 wt%, at least 1.5 wt%, at least 2 wt%, at least 3 wt%, at least 4 wt%, at least 5 wt %, or at least 6 wt% of the solution. In some cases, the solution may be recirculated without removing any electrogenerated compound in solution until the electrogenerated compound is present in solution in an amount of no more than 7 wt%, no more than 6 wt%, no more than 5 wt%, no more than 4 wt%, no more than 2 wt%, no more than 1.5 wt%, no more than 1 wt%, no more than 0.8 wt%, no more than 0.6 wt%, or no more than 0.4 wt% of the solution. Combinations of the foregoing ranges are possible (e.g., greater than or equal to 2 wt% and less than or equal to 6 wt%). Other ranges are also possible. In some embodiments, once the electrogenerated compound is present at a desired amount in the recirculating solution, at least a portion of the electrogenerated compound may be withdrawn from the recirculated solution via an outlet, for example, outlet C6 of the catholyte reservoir as shown in FIG. 1. In some embodiments, as described elsewhere herein, fresh solution (e.g., deionized water and/or solution not comprising the electrogenerated compound) may be introduced to the reservoir through inlet Cl at the same rate at which solution is withdrawn from the reservoir, in some embodiments, which may provide a method to continuously produce solution comprising the electrogenerated compound at a desired concentration. FIG. 8 shows a general flow diagram 800 related to recirculating the electrolyte in an electrochemical system for generating hydrogen peroxide. Other embodiments for electrogenerating other compounds are also possible, as this disclosure is not so limited. The raw materials, e.g., deionized (DI) water, or water having at least a certain level of resistivity as described elsewhere herein, and/or other electrolyte components and/or reactants may be flowed into electrochemical stack 804 (e.g., peroxide stack, the electrochemical system). An applied current density may be applied 806 to the electrochemical stack 804 via a power source to electrochemically generate peroxide (e.g., or other compounds in other systems). Electrochemically generating compounds such as peroxide, in some cases, refers to applying a voltage to an electrode to facilitate a reduction and/or oxidation reaction at the electrode. In some such embodiments described herein, such as peroxide generation, at least one reactant is reduced and/or oxidized at the electrode, which then may react with another species in solution to form the final, electrogenerated compound. In some cases, the solution containing the electrogenerated produce may be flowed to a reservoir 810, for instance, a catholyte tank, where it may be recirculated to the peroxide stack. When recirculating the solution, the electrogenerated compound may be diluted before recirculating by mixing with raw materials 802. In some cases, after electrogenerating the compound, some compound may be withdrawn from the solution 808 for use elsewhere. According to some embodiments, recirculation before withdrawing the electrogenerating compound 808 may continue until a desired concentration of the electrogenerated compound is present in the electrolyte solution. For example, raw materials may not be continuously introduced in the system 802 until electrogenerated compound is being withdrawn 808, so as to maintain a relatively constant concentration of the electrogenerated compound in the system.
Some aspects of the present disclosure are related to methods of using and/or operating the systems described herein.
According to some embodiments, the electrode structures described elsewhere herein may be used in the systems, for example an electrode including a substrate. In some cases, electrode structures disclosed in the present application may facilitate the formation of three phase boundaries, at which certain electrochemical reactions may occur (e.g., reduction of oxygen). As disclosed elsewhere herein, it is believed that the discrete hydrophilic and hydrophobic regions on the surface of the electrode promote the formation of such three-phase boundaries.
In some embodiments, to maintain the discrete hydrophobic and hydrophilic regions on the electrode (e.g., the hydrophilic active material such as carbon and/or the hydrophobic particles such as PTFE particles), it may be beneficial to keep the electrode dry (i.e. having minimal or no continuous bulk water on and/or throughout the substrate of the electrode) when not in use. In some cases, flowing a gas over the electrode structure before flowing a solution over and/or through the electrode may be advantageous. In some cases, the gas may be dry. In some cases, the gas may have a relative humidity of greater than or equal to 50%, greater than or equal to 75%, greater than or equal to 90%, up to 100%. In some embodiments, the gas may comprise O2, N2, H2, Ar, or the like. Other gases are also possible. Combinations of gases, where the combinations have various ratios of constituent gases, are possible.
According to some embodiments, after flowing the gas, solution may be flowed over and/or through the electrode. In some embodiments, the flowed solution comprises water. It should be understood that when water is described as being flowed (e.g., through a portion of the electrochemical system and/or over and/or through the electrode), that water may be in the form of pure water, or it may be mixed with one or more additional species (e.g., as part of an aqueous solution). The additional species may be, for example solute such as NaOH or other softening agents. In some embodiments, the flowed water comprises softened water. In some embodiments, the flowed water comprises deionized water. In some embodiments, the solution may consist of deionized water. In some cases, the solution may be flowed over and/or through the electrode with the gas. In some cases, the solution may comprise an electrolyte solution, for example, a solution comprising water and electrolyte ions (e.g., dissociated NaOH, or the like, as described elsewhere herein).
In some cases, using the systems disclosed in the present disclosure, electrochemical reactions at the electrodes may occur in a relatively efficient manner. For example, the electrochemical reactions may proceed at a relatively high faradaic efficiency with a low percentage of side products, in some embodiments. According to some embodiments, the electrochemical reactions may proceed without having to apply a significant amount of overpotential when compared to the thermodynamic reduction potential of the reaction. Advantageously, in some such cases, the electrochemical reaction may occur without needing to apply a significant amount of overpotential despite, for example, the relatively sluggish kinetics of the reaction (e.g., oxygen reduction, CO2 reduction, or the like) due to the electrode structures described herein and/or the systems disclosed (e.g., flowing a two-phase solution).
In some cases, the faradaic efficiency of at least one of the reactions in the electrochemical system may be relatively high. In some embodiments, the faradaic efficiency of the reduction reaction (e.g., the two-electron reduction of oxygen to hydrogen peroxide) in the electrochemical system may be relatively high, for example, due to the electrode structure and/or the system design using a two-phase solution. According to some embodiments, the faradaic efficiency of at least one of the reactions in the electrochemical system may be greater than or equal to 80%, greater than or equal to 85%, greater than or equal to 90%, greater than or equal to 95%, greater than or equal to 98%, greater than or equal to 99%, greater than or equal to 99.5%, or greater than or equal to 99.9%. In some such cases, the faradaic efficiency may refer to the reduction reaction (e.g., oxygen reduction to hydrogen peroxide). In some such cases, the faradaic efficiency may refer to the oxidation reaction.
Accordingly, in some embodiments, due to the relatively high faradaic efficiencies of the at least one reaction in the electrochemical system, relatively low over potentials may be used to obtain relatively high current densities at the electrodes of the system. For example, in some cases, the overpotential input into the system relative to the thermodynamic reduction potential of the half reaction (e.g., the reduction reaction) may be less than or equal to 500 millivolts, less than or equal to 400 millivolts, less than or equal to 300 millivolts, less than or equal to 200 millivolts, less than or equal to 100 millivolts, less than or equal to 50 millivolts, or less than or equal to 20 millivolts. In some cases, the overpotential input into the system relative to the thermodynamic potential difference of the two half cells (e.g., between the anodic and cathodic reactions) may be less than or equal to 1 volt, less than or equal to 900 millivolts, less than or equal to 800 millivolts, less than or equal to 700 millivolts, less than or equal to 600 millivolts, less than or equal to 500 millivolts, or less. In some embodiments, the overpotential input into the system may be related to the identity of the half reactions, potential loss due to the presence of the separator, concentration polarization, and/or the operating conditions (e.g., current density, temperature, or the like).
In some embodiments, the relatively high faradaic efficiency towards certain electrochemical reactions using the electrode structures and/or the systems described herein may facilitate the application of relatively high current densities at the electrodes in the systems without significant energy losses and/or generation of a significant amount of side products. In some cases, an absolute magnitude of the current density at the electrode (e.g., at the cathode, for example, during the oxygen reduction reaction; as calculated using the projected 2-D area of the untreated substrate) may be greater than or equal to 20 mA/cm2, greater than or equal to 50 mA/cm2, greater than or equal to 100 mA/cm2, greater than or equal to 150 mA/cm2, greater than or equal to 200 mA/cm2, greater than or equal to 300 mA/cm2, greater than or equal to 400 mA/cm2, greater than or equal to 500 mA/cm2, greater than or equal to 600 mA/cm2, greater than or equal to 700 mA/cm2, or greater than or equal to 800 mA/cm2. In some embodiments, the absolute magnitude of the current density at the electrode may be less than or equal to 800 mA/cm2, less than or equal to 700 mA/cm2, less than or equal to 600 mA/cm2, less than or equal to 500 mA/cm2, less than or equal to 400 mA/cm2, less than or equal to 300 mA/cm2, less than or equal to 200 mA/cm2, less than or equal to 150 mA/cm2, less than or equal to 100 mA/cm2, less than or equal to 50 mA/cm2. Combinations of the foregoing ranges are possible. Other ranges are also possible.
In some embodiments, the systems may be configured to electrochemically generate a species (e.g., hydrogen peroxide) at any of a variety of potential differences. In some embodiments, the system may be configured to electrochemically generate a species at a voltage of less than or equal to 4.5 V, less than or equal to 4 V, less than or equal to 3.5 V, less than or equal to 3 V, less than or equal to 2.5 V, less than or equal to 2.25 V, less than or equal to 2V, less than or equal to 1.75 V, less than or equal to 1.5 V, less than or equal to 1.45 V, less than or equal to 1.4 V, less than or equal to 1.35 V, less than or equal to 1.3 V, less than or equal to 1.25 V, less than or equal to 1.2 V, less than or equal to 1.15 V, less than or equal to 1.1 V, less than or equal to 1.05 V, less than or equal to 1 V, or less. In some embodiments, the voltages described in this disclosure are applied across a cathode and an anode, e.g., in a two-electrode cell. In some cases, while the electrochemical reactions in the system may be run at a certain current density (e.g., greater than or equal to 150 mA/cm2) when the system is operating at steady state, it may be advantageous to slowly increase the absolute magnitude of the current density when initiating the system. For instance, in some cases, slowly ramping the absolute magnitude of the current density may gradually heat the system (e.g., the solution flowing through the system), so as to prevent and/or minimize the amount of precipitate that may form in the system. In some cases, heating the system may occur by joule heating. In some embodiments, the system may have heaters incorporated, for example, resistive heating coil and/or a heat exchanger. Other heaters are also possible. According to some embodiments, the solution may be heated before being flowed through the system. In some cases, the absolute magnitude of the current density may be increased in a linear ramping function, in a stepwise function, in an exponential function, or the like.
In some cases, the absolute magnitude of the current density may be increased at a rate of greater than or equal to 3 mA/cm2/min, greater than or equal to 25 mA/cm2/min, greater than or equal to 50 mA/cm2/min, greater than or equal to 100 mA/cm2/min, or greater than or equal to 150 mA/cm2/min. In some embodiments, the absolute magnitude of the current density may be increased at a rate of less than or equal to 200 mA/cm2/min, less than or equal to 150 mA/cm2/min, less than or equal to 100 mA/cm2/min, less than or equal to 50 mA/cm2/min, or less than or equal to 25 mA/cm2/min. The absolute magnitude of the current density may be increased until a desired absolute current density for operation of the electrochemical system is reached. Combinations of the foregoing ranges are possible. Other ranges are also possible. In accordance with some embodiments, a desired current density for operation of the electrochemical system may be at least 150 mA/cm2, at least 175 mA/cm2, at least 200 mA/cm2, at least 225 mA/cm2, at least 250 mA/cm2, at least 275 mA/cm2, at least 300 mA/cm2, at least 325 mA/cm2, at least 350 mA/cm2, at least 375 mA/cm2, or at least 400 mA/cm2 and/or no more than 425 mA/cm2, no more than 450 mA/cm2, no more than 475 mA/cm2, no more than 500 mA/cm2, no more than 525 mA/cm2, no more than 550 mA/cm2, no more than 575 mA/cm2, or no more than 600 mA/cm2.
Accordingly, in some cases, the absolute magnitude of the current density may be increased at a rate of greater than or equal to greater than or equal to 15 mA/cm2, 20 mA/cm2, greater than or equal to 25 mA/cm2, greater than or equal to 30 mA/cm2, greater than or equal to 50 mA/cm2, greater than or equal to 100 mA/cm2, greater than or equal to 125 mA/cm2, greater than or equal to 250 mA/cm2, greater than or equal to 500 mA/cm2, or greater than or equal to 750 mA/cm2 every 5 minutes. In some embodiments, the absolute magnitude of the current density may be increased at a rate of less than or equal to 1,000 mA/cm2, less than or equal to 750 mA/cm2, less than or equal to 500 mA/cm2, less than or equal to 250 mA/cm2, less than or equal to 125 mA/cm2, less than or equal to 100 mA/cm2, less than or equal to 75 mA/cm2, less than or equal to 50 mA/cm2, or less than or equal to 40 mA/cm2 every 5 minutes. The absolute magnitude of the current density may be increased until a desired absolute current density for operation of the electrochemical system is reached. Combinations of the foregoing ranges are possible.
After an initial increase in the absolute magnitude of the current density, the average temperature of the solution and/or the system may increase (e.g., by joule heating) to be greater than or equal to 25 degrees C, greater than or equal to 30 degrees C, greater than or equal to 35 degrees C, or greater than or equal to 40 degrees C before increasing the absolute magnitude of the current density again. In some cases, the average temperature of the solution and/or the system may increase to be less than or equal to 45 degrees C, less than or equal to 40 degrees C, less than or equal to 35 degrees C, or less than or equal to 30 degrees C for altering the absolute magnitude of the current density again. Combinations of the foregoing ranges are possible. Other ranges are also possible.
Some aspects of the foregoing methods are related to increasing the efficiency of the system and/or minimizing and/or preventing the formation of a precipitate in the system. In some cases, the amount of precipitate formed in the system may be less than or equal to 10 g, less than or equal to 1 g, less than or equal to 0.1 g, or less than or equal to 0.01 g, for example, after 6 hours of continuous operation of the system. In some embodiments, the precipitate may comprise sodium peroxide hydrates. In some cases, the precipitate may comprise Fe and/or Ni. In some embodiments, the precipitate may comprise iron oxide. According to some embodiments, the precipitate may comprise Fe2O3. In some cases, the precipitate may comprise nickel oxide and/or nickel hydroxide. In some cases, the precipitate comprises NiO and/or Ni(0H)2 and/or NiOOH. Other precipitates are also possible. In some embodiments, the precise identity of the precipitate may not be known.
In some embodiments, where a precipitate is formed at a relatively slow rate (e.g., 0.01 g precipitate / 6 hours of operation), the precipitate may accumulate over long periods of operation of the system. The inventors have recognized in the context of the present invention that periodically cleaning the system may provide certain advantages, such as removing the precipitate and/or prolonging the lifetime of the system.
In some embodiments, a precipitate may form at the intersection point of gas and liquid injection points. The use of humidified gas prevents the formation of precipitate, in accordance with some embodiments. The use of a liquid ring compressor may be advantageous as it naturally humidifies reactant gases during its operation. According to some embodiments, the gas injected at the intersection point is inert. For example, the gas may comprise N2 and/or Ar. In some embodiments, the gas contains O2 and/or H2. Other gases and/or combinations of the gases are also possible. In some embodiments, it is desirable for the gas to contain little to no CO2, as the CO2 may form an alkaline solution and lead to the formation of a precipitate when flowing the two-phase solution. In some embodiments, the gas is free of CO2 or contains CO2 in an amount of less than or equal to 5 wt%, less than or equal to 4 wt%, 3 wt%, less than or equal to 2 wt%, less than or equal to 1 wt%, less than or equal to 0.1 wt%, less than or equal to 0.01 wt%, less than or equal to 0.001 wt%, less than or equal to 0.0001 wt%, or less.
In some cases, the system may be electrochemically generating a compound and then an absolute magnitude of a current density of the system may be decreased to less than or equal to 1 mA/cm2, less than or equal to 0.1 mA/cm2, or less, for example to 0 mA/cm2. In some embodiments, to remove the precipitate, a solution comprising a reducing agent and/or a chelation agent (e.g., a cleaning solution) may be flowed through the system. In some embodiments, the solution is an aqueous solution comprising water and one or more solute (e.g., an electrolyte, NaOH, or other softening agents). In other embodiments, the solution may be deionized water with no additives. The solution may be flowed through the system with a gas, for instance, as a two-phase solution, in some cases. In other embodiments, the solution may be flowed through the system as is without a gas. It should be understood that in some instances when the solution (e.g., a cleaning solution, a solution comprising reducing agent and/or a chelation agent, an aqueous solution, deionized water) is flowed through the system, the solution may interact with a chemical species such as a solute or other species (e.g., a precipitate). Interacting with a species such as a solute, in some embodiments, may involve dissolving and/or suspending the species. Accordingly, in some embodiments, the solution flowed through the system comprises a solute and/or forms a suspension comprising the solid species suspended in the solution.
When the solution (e.g., a cleaning solution, a solution comprising reducing agent and/or a chelation agent, an aqueous solution, deionized water) is flowed through the system with a gas to form a two-phase solution, in some embodiments, the gas is inert. For example, the gas may comprise N2 and/or Ar. In some embodiments, the gas contains O2 and/or H2. Other gases and/or combinations of the gases are also possible. In some embodiments, it is desirable for the gas to contain little to no CO2, as the CO2 may form an alkaline solution and lead to the formation of a precipitate when flowing the two-phase solution. In some embodiments, the gas is free of CO2 or contains CO2 in an amount of less than or equal to 5 wt%, less than or equal to 4 wt%, 3 wt%, less than or equal to 2 wt%, less than or equal to 1 wt%, less than or equal to 0.1 wt%, less than or equal to 0.01 wt%, less than or equal to 0.001 wt%, less than or equal to 0.0001 wt%, or less.
In some embodiments, the reducing agent of the solution to treat one or more electrodes (e.g., to remove precipitate, remove contaminants, and/or increase hydrophobicity) comprises sulfur-containing reductant. For example, the reducing agent may comprise hydrosulfite, metabisulfite, thiosulfate, sulfite, and/or bisulfite anions (e.g., with counteranions such as sodium cations, potassium cations, ammonium cations). In some embodiments, the reducing agent comprises an organic reducing agent, such as an organic acid. Examples of such reducing agents include, but are not limited to, ascorbic acid and/or oxalic acid. The reducing agent of the solution to remove the precipitate may, in accordance with some embodiments, comprise sodium hydrosulfite, sodium metabisulfite, and/or sodium sulfite. In some embodiments, the reducing agent comprises bisulfite anion (e.g., sodium bisulfite), ascorbic acid, oxalic acid, and/or thiosulfate anion (e.g., sodium thiosulfate). In some embodiments, the reducing agent comprises sodium bisulfite. Other reducing agents are possible. In some cases, the solution for removing the precipitate may comprise a chelating agent, such as citric acid. In some embodiments, the chelating agent comprises nitrilotriacetic acid (NTA), tripolyphosphate (TPP), citric acid, and/or ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA). In some embodiments, the chelating agent comprises EDTA. Other chelating agents are also possible.
The solution, according to some embodiments, may be continuously flowed through the system to clean the system for at least 20 seconds and no more than 7 days. In some cases, such cleaning of the system may be performed at least once a year and no more than once a day. The solution (e.g., a cleaning solution, a solution comprising reducing agent and/or a chelation agent, an aqueous solution, deionized water), according to some embodiments, may be continuously flowed through the system to clean the system for at least 20 seconds, at least 1 minute, at least 5 minutes, at least 10 minutes, at least 30 minutes, at least 1 hour, at least 2 hours, at least 3 hours, at least 6 hours, or at least 12 hours and/or no more than 1 day, no more than 2 days, no more than 3 days, no more than 4 days, no more than 5 days, no more than 6 days, or no more than 7 days. In some cases, such cleaning of the system may be performed at least once a year and no more than once a day.
In some cases, water may be flowed through the system after the solution comprising the reducing agent and the chelating agent is used to clean the system. In some embodiments, the water flowed through the system is deionized water. It should be understood that in some instances when the water (e.g., deionized water) is flowed through the system, the water may interact with a chemical species such as a solute or other species (e.g., a precipitate). Interacting with a species such as a solute, in some embodiments, may involve dissolving and/or suspending the species. Accordingly, in some embodiments, the water (e.g., deionized water) flowed through the system may form a solution comprising a solute and/or a suspension comprising the solid species suspended in the water. The water (e.g., deionized water) may be co-flowed through the system with a gas, e.g., to form a two-phase solution, to remove any remaining precipitate and/or cleaning solution and prevent flooding of the cathode electrode structure. The liquid phase of the two-phase solution, according to some embodiments, may interact with a species such as a solute to form a solution comprising the solute and/or a suspension comprising the solid species. In some embodiments, flowing the cleaning solution and then the water (e.g., deionized water) may be done immediately before operating the system and/or before shutting down the system.
In some embodiments, after decreasing the absolute magnitude of the applied current density in the electrochemical system, a solution is flowed through the system for at least 1 minute, at least 5 minutes, or at least 10 minutes. In some cases, the solution comprises the electrolyte used during operation of the electrochemical system. In some embodiments, the solution comprises water having a resistivity of greater than or equal to 1 megaohm cm, greater than or equal to 10 megaohms cm, or greater at 25 degrees C. In some embodiments, the solution comprises water having a resistivity of greater than or equal to 15 megaohms cm, greater than or equal to 17 megaohms cm, greater than or equal to 18 megaohms cm, or greater than or equal to 18.2 megaohms cm at 25 degrees C. In some embodiments, solutions are flowed through at least a portion of the electrochemical systems described herein. In some embodiments, the solution is an aqueous solution, and may be flowed through at least a portion of the system, where the aqueous solution has a resistivity corresponding with any one of the foregoing ranges. In some embodiments, an aqueous solution comprises water and one or more solutes (e.g., NaOH, other softening agents). In some embodiments, deionized (DI) water may be flowed through at least a portion of the system. It should be understood that, in some embodiments, water (e.g., deionized (DI) water) as referred to elsewhere herein may have a resistivity corresponding with any one of the foregoing ranges. Gas may be flowed through the system, in some cases, with the solution, for example, as a two-phase solution.
According to some embodiments, a two-phase solution comprising the solution and the gas may be flowed through the system (e.g., at least on a cathode side of the system). Advantageously, using a two-phase solution when cleaning and/or shutting down the system, as opposed to flowing only liquid, may reduce damage to the system (e.g., to the cathode of the system). In some embodiments, the gas flowed through the system (e.g., as part of a two-phase solution) is inert. For example, the gas may comprise N2 and/or Ar. In some embodiments, the gas contains O2 and/or H2. Other gases and/or combinations of the gases are also possible. In some embodiments, it is desirable for the gas to contain little to no CO2, as the CO2 may form an alkaline solution and lead to the formation of a precipitate when flowing the two-phase solution. In some embodiments, the gas is free of CO2 or contains CO2 in an amount of less than or equal to 5 wt%, less than or equal to 4 wt%, 3 wt%, less than or equal to 2 wt%, less than or equal to 1 wt%, less than or equal to 0.1 wt%, less than or equal to 0.01 wt%, less than or equal to 0.001 wt%, less than or equal to 0.0001 wt%, or less.
In some embodiments, the liquid is flowed through the system after and/or before decreasing the absolute magnitude of the applied current density in the electrochemical system at any of a variety of suitable flow rates. For instance, the liquid may be flowed through the system when shutting down and/or cleaning the system. In some cases, the liquid flow rate may be dependent on the volumetric size of the system. In some embodiments, the liquid may be flowed through the system at a rate of greater than or equal to 0.2 mL/min, greater than or equal to 0.5 mL/min, greater than or equal to 1 mL/min, greater than or equal to 2 mL/min, greater than or equal to 5 mL/min, greater than or equal to 30 mL/min, greater than or equal to 50 mL/min, greater than or equal to 100 mL/min, greater than or equal to 500 mL/min, greater than or equal to 1,000 mL/min, or greater than or equal to 2,500 mL/min. In some cases, the liquid may flow through the system at a rate of less than or equal to 5,000 mL/min, less than or equal to 2,500 mL/min, less than or equal to 1,000 mL/min, less than or equal to 500 mL/min, less than or equal to 100 mL/min, less than or equal to 50 mL/min, less than or equal to 30 mL/min, less than or equal to 5 mL/min, less than or equal to 2 mL/min, less than or equal to 1 mL/min, or less than or equal to 0.5 mL/min. Combinations of the foregoing ranges are possible. Other ranges are also possible. The flow rates here are on a per single cell basis of a single cell (e.g., per each single electrochemical cell of a stack).
In some embodiments, the gas is flowed through the system after and/or before decreasing the absolute magnitude of the applied current density in the electrochemical system at any of a variety of suitable flow rates. For instance, the gas may be flowed through the system when shutting down and/or cleaning the system. In some cases, the gas mass flow rate may be dependent on the volumetric size of the system. In some embodiments, the gas may be flowed through the system at a mass flow rate of greater than or equal to 0.2 standard liters per minute (slpm), greater than or equal to 1 slpm, greater than or equal to 1 slpm, greater than or equal to 5 slpm, greater than or equal to 10 slpm, greater than or equal to 25 slpm, or greater than or equal to 35 slpm. In some cases, the liquid may flow at a rate of less than or equal to 50 slpm, less than or equal to 35 slpm, less than or equal to 25 slpm, less than or equal to 10 slpm, less than or equal to 5 slpm, or less than or equal to 1 slpm, less than or equal to 0.5 slpm. Combinations of the foregoing ranges are possible. Other ranges are also possible. The flow rates here are on a per single cell basis of a single cell (e.g., per each single electrochemical cell of a stack).
In some embodiments, after flowing the solution, gas may be flowed through the system to purge to electrode stack of liquid and/or to maintain the hydrophobicity of the electrode in the system. Accordingly, the gas may comprise O2, N2, H2, Ar, or the like. Other gases and/or combinations of the gases are also possible. Similarly to the gas used in the two-phase solution, it may be desirable for the gas flowed to purge the system to contain little to no CO2 to avoid precipitating compounds within the system. For example, the gas may be free of CO2 or contain CO2 in an amount of less than or equal to 5 wt%, less than or equal to 4 wt%, 3 wt%, less than or equal to 2 wt%, less than or equal to 1 wt%, less than or equal to 0.1 wt%, less than or equal to 0.01 wt%, less than or equal to 0.001 wt%, less than or equal to 0.0001 wt%, or less.
In some embodiments, the electrodes, systems, and methods described herein are generally related to improving the efficiency of certain electrochemical reactions within systems and/or the lifetime of such systems. In some embodiments, a system may electrogenerate hydrogen peroxide at a relatively high efficiency with little overpotential and an electrolyte solution comprising approximately greater than or equal to 0.001 M, greater than or equal to 0.01 M, greater than or equal to 0.1 M, greater than or equal to 0.5 M, greater than or equal to 1 M, or greater than or equal to 1.5 M and/or less than or equal to 2 M, less than or equal to 3 M, less than or equal to 4 M, or less than or equal to 4.8 M NaOH. In some embodiments, a system may electrogenerate hydrogen peroxide at a relatively high efficiency with little overpotential and an electrolyte solution comprising approximately greater than or equal to 0.001 M, greater than or equal to 0.01 M, greater than or equal to 0.1 M, greater than or equal to 0.5 M, or greater than or equal to 1 M and/or less than or equal to 1.2 M, less than or equal to 1.4 M, less than or equal to 1.6 M, less than or equal to 1.8 M, or less than or equal to 2 M of H2O2. The system may be configured to electrochemically generate hydrogen peroxide at a current density described elsewhere herein when the system has an average temperature of greater than or equal to 25 degrees C, greater than or equal to 40 degrees C, greater than or equal to 35 degrees C, greater than or equal to 40 degrees C, greater than or equal to 50 degrees C, greater than or equal to 60 degrees C, or greater than or equal to 70 degrees C and/or less than or equal to 80 degrees C, less than or equal to 90 degrees C, or less than or equal to 100 degrees C for at least 1,000 hours, at least 10,000 hours, or at least 30,000 hours. For example, in some cases, a system may electrogenerate hydrogen peroxide at a relatively high efficiency with little overpotential and an electrolyte solution comprising approximately 2 M NaOH and 1 M hydrogen peroxide at 35 degrees C at least 1,000 hours, at least 10,000 hours, or at least 30,000 hours. In some such embodiments, the system may run no more than 50,000 hours, no more than 30,000 hours, or no more than 10,000 hours. In some cases, due to some of the aspects of the electrode structure and/or the system described elsewhere herein, some systems may operate at a relatively high efficiency (e.g., at least 90% faradaic efficiency, at least 95% faradaic efficiency, or the like for the target compound) with little overpotential (e.g., no more than 1,000 millivolts, no more than 500 millivolts, no more than 200 millivolts, no more than 100 millivolts, or the like) for at least 100 hours, at least 1,000 hours, or at least 10,000 hours. In some cases, the system may operate with such efficiencies for no more than 50,000 hours, no more than 10,000 hours, or no more than 1,000 hours. In some cases, the performance over long times may be estimated, for example, by running the systems of interest at relatively higher absolute magnitudes of applied current densities or voltages, relative to parameters sufficient for electrogenerating the desired compound.
Some aspects are related to treating electrochemical systems, e.g., treating electrodes within the electrochemical systems. In some embodiments, treating the electrochemical system comprises exposing at least a portion of an electrode of the electrochemical system to a treatment solution.
The treatment solution may comprise a reducing agent and/or a chelating agent. In some embodiments, the treatment solution comprises a reducing agent. In some embodiments, the treatment solution comprises a chelating agent. It has been observed that electrochemical systems and/or specific cells and/or electrodes within the system may lose current efficiency over extended periods of use (e.g., due to flooding from hydrophilicity increases (e.g., from electrode surface oxidation)). Surprisingly, it has been observed that certain treatment solutions (e.g., comprising chelating agents and/or reducing agents) can restore at least some of the lost current efficiency. In some embodiments, the electrochemical system (or electrode therein) that is treated has undergone at least 100 hours of operation (e.g., at least 1,000 hours of operation, at least 2,000 hours of operation, at least 5,000 hours of operation, at least 10,0000 hours of operation, at least 12,500 hours of operation, or more) at a current density of greater than or equal to 20 mA/cm2 (e.g., greater than or equal to 50 mA/cm2, greater than or equal to 100 mA/cm2, greater than or equal to 150 mA/cm2, greater than or equal to 200 mA/cm2, greater than or equal to 300 mA/cm2, and/or up to 1 A/cm2, up to 2 A/cm2, up to 3 A/cm2, up to 5 A/cm2, or greater) before being treated. In accordance with some embodiments, the electrode that is treated is a cathode of the system. The treated cathode, in accordance with some such embodiments, may comprise any of the electrode structures described elsewhere herein. For example, the cathode may comprise a carbon-containing material, such as a non-woven carbon substrate.
In some embodiments, exposing at least a portion of the electrode to the treatment solution comprises flowing the solution over and/or through the at least a portion of the electrode. Flowing the solution over and/or through the at least a portion of the electrode may occur at any suitable flow rate as described elsewhere herein.
In some embodiments, operation of the electrochemical system is dependent on the type of electrochemical system. In some embodiments, the electrochemical system comprising the treated electrode is configured to electrogenerate a species of interest. While aspects of the present application is generally directed to systems configured to electrochemically generate a species of interest such a H2O2, the electrodes and methods described herein may also be used in other electrochemical systems. For instance, other electrochemical systems for which the aforementioned treatment with the treatment solution can contribute to beneficial results (e.g., removal of impurities and/or surface oxidation, which may cause flooding and/or lead to high overpotential, low current efficiency, or both; such that the treatment causes at least partially restored current efficiency and/or partially restored lower overpotential) include, but are not limited to fuel cells and air batteries. In some embodiments, the electrochemical system is a fuel cell. In some embodiments, the electrochemical system is an air battery. Other electrochemical systems are also possible. For instance, other electrochemical systems utilizing reactions believed to occur at three-phase boundaries may benefit from the electrode structures and methods described herein. In some embodiments, operation of the electrochemical system comprising the electrode treated with the treatment solution comprises electrochemically generating a desired compound (e.g., H2O2). In some embodiments, operation of the electrochemical system comprises producing energy (e.g., converting energy from chemical energy to electrical energy) using the electrochemical system.
In some embodiments, treating the electrochemical system comprises exposing at least a portion of an electrode of the electrochemical system to a treatment solution comprising a reducing agent. The reducing agent may comprise any of the reducing agents described elsewhere herein. For instance, in some cases, the reducing agent comprises sodium bisulfite. It is believed that, in some embodiments, exposing the at least a portion of the electrode to the reducing agent may remove at least some of a species from at least a portion of a surface of the electrode that increases the hydrophilicity of the electrode. For example, in some embodiments, it is believed the reducing agent reduces surface oxidation of the electrode, thereby reducing the hydrophilicity of the electrode surface.
In some embodiments, treating the electrochemical system comprises exposing at least a portion of an electrode of the electrochemical system to a treatment solution comprising a chelating agent. In some embodiments, the chelating agent may comprise any of the chelating agents described elsewhere herein. For instance, in some cases, the chelating agent comprises EDTA. It is believed that, in some embodiments, exposing the at least a portion of the electrode to the chelating agent may remove at least some of a species (e.g., a contaminant, a precipitate, etc.) from at least a portion of a surface of the electrode and/or from the electrochemical system, where the species decreases current efficiency of the electrochemical system during operation by promoting side reactions and/or decomposition of a desired electrogenerated product (e.g., H2O2).
In some embodiments, the method of treating the electrode may further comprise flowing water over and/or through at least a portion of the electrode. In some embodiments, the water flowed over and/or through at least a portion of the electrode is deionized (DI) water. In some instances, a gas may also be flowed through the electrochemical system at the same time as the water (e.g., DI water). In some embodiments, the water (e.g., DI water) and gas are flowed through the electrode in the form of a two-phase solution for greater than or equal to 1 minute, greater than or equal to 5 minutes, etc., as described elsewhere herein. Any suitable gas as described elsewhere herein may be used. It will be understood that the flow rates of the DI water and/or the gas may be selected from the ranges described elsewhere herein.
In some embodiments, the electrochemical system may initially operate at a certain initial current efficiency (e.g., faradaic efficiency for electrogenerating a desired product). In some embodiments, following operation of the electrochemical system for at least 100 hours, at least 1,000 hours, etc., the current efficiency of the electrochemical system may decrease. Accordingly, in some such embodiments, treating the electrochemical system (e.g., by exposing at least a portion of the electrode (e.g., cathode) to the treatment solution comprising the chelating agent and/or reducing agent) may desirably restore a current efficiency of the electrochemical system to at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 99%, or up to 100% of the initial current efficiency. This may advantageously increase the longevity of the electrochemical system.
The above-described embodiments of the technology described herein can be implemented in any of numerous ways. For example, the embodiments may be implemented using hardware, software or a combination thereof. When implemented in software, the software code can be executed on any suitable processor or collection of processors, whether provided in a single computing device or distributed among multiple computing devices. Such processors may be implemented as integrated circuits, with one or more processors in an integrated circuit component, including commercially available integrated circuit components known in the art by names such as CPU chips, GPU chips, microprocessor, microcontroller, or co-processor. Alternatively, a processor may be implemented in custom circuitry, such as an ASIC, or semicustom circuitry resulting from configuring a programmable logic device. As yet a further alternative, a processor may be a portion of a larger circuit or semiconductor device, whether commercially available, semi-custom or custom. As a specific example, some commercially available microprocessors have multiple cores such that one or a subset of those cores may constitute a processor. Though, a processor may be implemented using circuitry in any suitable format.
Further, it should be appreciated that a computing device including one or more processors may be embodied in any of a number of forms, such as a rack-mounted computer, a desktop computer, a laptop computer, or a tablet computer. Additionally, a computing device may be embedded in a device not generally regarded as a computing device but with suitable processing capabilities, including a Personal Digital Assistant (PDA), a smart phone, tablet, or any other suitable portable or fixed electronic device.
Also, a computing device may have one or more input and output devices. These devices can be used, among other things, to present a user interface. Examples of output devices that can be used to provide a user interface include display screens for visual presentation of output and speakers or other sound generating devices for audible presentation of output. Examples of input devices that can be used for a user interface include keyboards, individual buttons, and pointing devices, such as mice, touch pads, and digitizing tablets. As another example, a computing device may receive input information through speech recognition or in other audible format.
Such computing devices may be interconnected by one or more networks in any suitable form, including as a local area network or a wide area network, such as an enterprise network or the Internet. Such networks may be based on any suitable technology and may operate according to any suitable protocol and may include wireless networks, wired networks or fiber optic networks.
Also, the various methods or processes outlined herein may be coded as software that is executable on one or more processors that employ any one of a variety of operating systems or platforms. Additionally, such software may be written using any of a number of suitable programming languages and/or programming or scripting tools, and also may be compiled as executable machine language code or intermediate code that is executed on a framework or virtual machine.
In this respect, the embodiments described herein may be embodied as a computer readable storage medium (or multiple computer readable media) (e.g., a computer memory, one or more floppy discs, compact discs (CD), optical discs, digital video disks (DVD), magnetic tapes, flash memories, RAM, ROM, EEPROM, circuit configurations in Field Programmable Gate Arrays or other semiconductor devices, or other tangible computer storage medium) encoded with one or more programs that, when executed on one or more computers or other processors, perform methods that implement the various embodiments discussed above. As is apparent from the foregoing examples, a computer readable storage medium may retain information for a sufficient time to provide computer-executable instructions in a non-transitory form. Such a computer readable storage medium or media can be transportable, such that the program or programs stored thereon can be loaded onto one or more different computing devices or other processors to implement various aspects of the present disclosure as discussed above. As used herein, the term "computer-readable storage medium" encompasses only a non-transitory computer-readable medium that can be considered to be a manufacture (i.e., article of manufacture) or a machine. Alternatively or additionally, the disclosure may be embodied as a computer readable medium other than a computer-readable storage medium, such as a propagating signal.
The terms “program” or “software” are used herein in a generic sense to refer to any type of computer code or set of computer-executable instructions that can be employed to program a computing device or other processor to implement various aspects of the present disclosure as discussed above. Additionally, it should be appreciated that according to one aspect of this embodiment, one or more computer programs that when executed perform methods of the present disclosure need not reside on a single computing device or processor, but may be distributed in a modular fashion amongst a number of different computers or processors to implement various aspects of the present disclosure.
Computer-executable instructions may be in many forms, such as program modules, executed by one or more computers or other devices. Generally, program modules include routines, programs, objects, components, data structures, etc. that perform particular tasks or implement particular abstract data types. Typically the functionality of the program modules may be combined or distributed as desired in various embodiments.
The embodiments described herein may be embodied as a method, of which an example has been provided. The acts performed as part of the method may be ordered in any suitable way. Accordingly, embodiments may be constructed in which acts are performed in an order different than illustrated, which may include performing some acts simultaneously, even though shown as sequential acts in illustrative embodiments.
Further, some actions are described as taken by a “user.” It should be appreciated that a “user” need not be a single individual, and that in some embodiments, actions attributable to a “user” may be performed by a team of individuals and/or an individual in combination with computer-assisted tools or other mechanisms.
In some embodiments, the determining and/or monitoring of parameters of the system (e.g., flow rates, temperatures, concentrations of compounds, or the like) may be performed in real time and may be used to provide real-time feedback to adjust one or more parameters of the system (e.g., flow rate, applied current density, voltage, or the like). Such methods may be implemented in certain cases by one or more controllers, e.g., including at least one processor operatively coupled to the various controllable portions of the system as disclosed herein. The method may be embodied as computer readable instructions stored on non-transitory computer readable memory associated with at least one processor such that when executed by at least one processor of the system may perform any of the actions related to the methods disclosed herein. Additionally, it should be understood that the disclosed order of the steps above is exemplary and that the disclosed steps may be performed in a different order, simultaneously, and/or may include one or more additional intermediate steps not shown as the disclosure is not so limited.
The following examples are intended to illustrate certain embodiments of the present invention, but do not exemplify the full scope of the invention.
EXAMPLE 1
The following example describes an electrochemical system for generating hydrogen peroxide.
A cathode block was machined from resin-impregnated graphite. An inlet passage was configured to carry premixed oxygen and aqueous solution (e.g., a two- phase solution) to the cathode electrode comprising a non-woven carbon substrate pretreated with hydrophobic particles and a catalyst layer from an external source. An outlet passage was connected to the cathode block generally parallel to the inlet passage.
An anode block was constructed using a nickel block and an anode electrode comprising an expanded nickel metal mesh. An inlet passage was configured to carry electrolyte to the anode from an external source. An outlet passage was connected to the anode generally parallel to the inlet passage. The anode was arranged parallel to the cathode block, with the anode and the cathode separated by a cation exchange membrane (e.g., Nafion) in order to allow conduction of sodium ions.
A mixture of aqueous electrolyte and oxygen was delivered to the cathode block via the inlet passage, flowed through the porous cathode, and then flowed out of the cathode block via the outlet passage. Aqueous electrolyte was delivered to the anode block via the inlet passage, through the anode, and out of the anode block via the outlet passage. The flow rates in the cathode and anode blocks were independently controlled via mass flow controllers and/or peristaltic pumps. The electrolyte through the anode block flowed while the electrolyte/oxygen mixture flowed through the cathode block, and a voltage of 1.0- 1.4 V was applied. Table 1 shows the system generated hydrogen peroxide in an amount of 0.2-0.3 wt% of the electrolyte-oxygen mixture per pass over the cathode at an efficiency of approximately 98%. Table 1: Operational parameters of the system for generating hydrogen peroxide.
Figure imgf000071_0001
Figure imgf000072_0001
EXAMPLE 2
The following example describes the pretreatment of electrodes.
Electrodes were pretreated with PTFE particles suspended in an alcohol (e.g., isopropyl alcohol, IPA) or in water with surfactant. FIG. 9A are images of the electrodes obtained from the pretreatment. The electrode on the left shows the results obtained from IPA-pretreated electrode, whereas the right image shows the water-pretreated electrode. In the case where the solvent was IPA, the electrodes had a relatively uniform coating of PTFE (e.g., after the IPA evaporated) when compared to the electrodes prepared using water and surfactant mixture as the solvent. FIG. 9B show alternative cross-sectional images of the electrodes shown in FIG. 9A. Again, the IPA-treated electrode on the left shows a more homogeneous distribution of PTFE particles than the water-treated electrode on the right, which shows PTFE agglomerating on one side of the electrode. The results show pretreating the electrode with a solution of IPA results in a relatively uniform distribution of PTFE on the substrate, relative to pretreating with a solution of water and surfactant.
EXAMPLE 3
The following example describes the construction and operation of an electrochemical system.
An electrochemical system 1 as shown in FIG. 1 was constructed by the following method. First, electrochemical cells were constructed, with each cell comprising an anode plate, a cathode plate, and a separator. These electrochemical cells were then arranged in sequence to form a stack S 1. This stack was clamped with compression plates. Anolyte inlet A7 and anode fluid outlet A8 were provided and connected to the anode plate and fluidically connected to the anode of each cell via a common manifold and/or manifolds. Catholyte inlet C3 (e.g., for liquid) and cathode gas inlet 02 and outlet C4 were provided and connected to the cathode plate and fluidically connected to the cathode of each cell via a common manifold and/or manifolds.
An anolyte pump A5 was used to connect a reservoir A4 of anolyte to the anolyte inlet A7. A catholyte pump C2 was used to connect a reservoir of catholyte C5 to the catholyte inlet C3. Product gases and/or excess reactant gases were captured in a collection tank 08 through an anode vent 04 and cathode vent 03 and sent to recirculate to the cathode by a liquid ring compressor 05. The flow rates of the catholyte, anolyte, reactant gases, and product gases were metered and regulated by flow control devices (not shown).
A current was applied to the electrode stack while the anolyte and catholyte and reactant gas were flowing through the stack in order to electrogenerate compounds.
EXAMPLE 4
The following example describes electrodes having different substrates, where each of the electrodes are for forming hydrogen peroxide. Each electrode was assembled into an electrochemical cell comprising the cathode electrode of interest, a separator, and a porous metal anode.
Two electrodes were used for peroxide generation, one comprising a substrate comprising carbon cloth and a second comprising a substrate comprising carbon felt (e.g., non-woven fibers). The electrodes were each pretreated with PTFE powder suspended in IPA and then a slurry comprising PTFE powder, PTFE dispersion as a binder, and an active material comprising carbon was applied to the electrode. The electrode was sintered before the experiments. The electrolyte for each experiment was similar to that used in Table 1. The results are shown in FIG. 10. The carbon cloth 902 reached a maximum current of 24A at a cell voltage of 1.6. The carbon felt was able to reach 30A at a cell voltage of less than or equal to 1.4V. This shows using a substrate comprising carbon felt provides a more efficient generation of peroxide compared to the carbon cloth substrate.
EXAMPLE 5 The following example describes electrodes that were heated under various conditions during fabrication, where each of the electrodes are for forming hydrogen peroxide.
Six electrodes were used for peroxide generation, each heated under different conditions. The electrodes were otherwise prepared as in Example 4 and then used for peroxide generation. The results are shown in FIG. 11A-11B.
The first set of four electrodes was sintered in nitrogen at varying temperatures. The voltage needed to maintain the applied current is shown in FIG. 11 A and was inversely related to the sintering temperature, e.g., the electrode 916 with the highest sinter temperature at 400 degrees C yielded the lowest operating voltage. The electrode 910 with the lowest sintering temperature of 300 degrees C was unable to maintain the applied current. The electrode 916 sintered at 400 degrees C also exhibited the longest usable life.
The second set of two electrodes were sintered at similar temperatures in different atmospheres. The voltage required to maintain the applied current is shown in FIG. 1 IB and was lower for the electrode 918 sintered in the oxidative atmosphere. However, the voltage increased rapidly and the electrode faradaic efficiency began decreasing at 500 hours. The electrode 920 sintered in the inert atmosphere was able to last 2,000 hours before the faradaic efficiency exhibited signs of decline. Sintering in the oxidative atmosphere increased the hydrophilicity of the active material comprising carbon. Initially, this provides a higher reactive surface area. However, it quickly begins to flood, disrupting the delivery of oxygen to catalytic sites, ultimately resulting in failure.
EXAMPLE 6
The following example describes electrodes having different compositions of a slurry comprising PTFE and active material, where each of the electrodes are for forming hydrogen peroxide.
Three electrodes were prepared for peroxide generation, each using different PTFE particle sources in the slurry containing the active material. The electrodes were otherwise prepared as in Example 4 and then used for peroxide generation. The voltage needed to maintain a current density of 300 mA/cm2 for 50 hours (e.g., PTFE powder only and PTFE powder and binder) or 500 hours (e.g., PTFE binder only) and then to maintain a current density of 400 mA/cm2 on each electrode is shown in FIG. 12. Electrode 922 was prepared using only binder, electrode 924 was prepared using only PTFE powder, and electrode 926 was prepared using PTFE powder and binder. Over the course of the experiment, electrode 926 showed the lowest voltage required to maintain the applied current densities for the majority of the experiment at 400 mA/cm2, indicating a more efficient electrocatalytic reaction compared to the other electrodes. The rate of voltage increase in electrode 926 was also slowest.
EXAMPLE 7
The following example describes electrodes having different amounts of PTFE in the catalyst layer, where each of the electrodes are for forming hydrogen peroxide.
Three electrodes were prepared for peroxide generation, each prepared using different amounts of PTFE powder in the slurry comprising the active material and PTFE particles. The pretreatment was identical between the three electrodes. The electrodes were otherwise prepared as in Example 4 and then used for peroxide generation. The voltage needed to maintain a current density of 300 mA/cm2 and then 400 mA/cm2 on each electrode is shown in FIG. 13. The electrode having 0.6 mg/cm2 of PTFE 934 performed more efficiently than the electrode with less PTFE powder 932 (0.3 mg/cm2) and the electrode having more PTFE powder 930 (1.9 mg/cm2). This shows the amount of PTFE present in the electrode affects the catalysis, and that too much or too little of the PTFE (e.g., or other hydrophobic polymers) may detract from the efficiency of the catalysis.
EXAMPLE 8
The following example describes electrodes having different amounts of active material, where each of the electrodes are for forming hydrogen peroxide.
Two electrodes were prepared for hydrogen peroxide generation, each preparing using different amounts of active material coated on a pretreated electrode. The electrodes were otherwise prepared as in Example 4 and then used for peroxide generation. The voltage needed to maintain a current density of 300 mA/cm2 on each electrode is shown in FIG. 14. The electrode 942 having 3.4 mg/cm2 total active material comprising carbon, PTFE binder, and PTFE powder performed more efficiently than the electrode 940 with 0.85 mg/cm2 total active material. This shows the amount of active material present in the electrode affects the catalysis, and that insufficient loading may detract from the efficiency of the catalysis.
EXAMPLE 9
The following example describes electrodes having different amounts of hydrophobic particles on the substrate as the pretreatment, where each of the electrodes are for forming hydrogen peroxide.
Three electrodes were prepared for hydrogen peroxide generation, each preparing using different amounts of hydrophobic particles coated on a pretreated electrode. The electrodes were otherwise prepared as in Example 4 and then used for peroxide generation. One electrode 904 was formed with medium loading of hydrophobic particles on the substrate at 3 mg/cm2 on both the top and bottom plane of the substrate. Another electrode 950 was formed with low loading of hydrophobic particles on both the top and bottom plane of the substrate at 2 mg/cm2. A third electrode 952 was formed with 4.5 mg/cm2 on only one plane of the substrate opposite the plane where the active material was formed. The voltage needed to maintain a current density of 300 mA/cm2 on each electrode is shown in FIGS. 15A-15B. The electrode 904 having 3.0 mg/cm2 hydrophobic particles on both sides performed more efficiently than the electrode with 2.0 mg/cm2 hydrophobic particles on both sides. The electrode 952 having pretreat on only one of the two planes of the substrate performed worse than electrodes 904 and 952, with voltage increasing before 750 hours of operation This shows that the amount of hydrophobic particles present in the electrode pretreatment affects the catalysis, and that insufficient loading may detract from the efficiency of the catalysis. Furthermore, it shows that the presence of particles may be required on both sides of the substrate. In other words, it is not sufficient to have hydrophobic particles only within the active material that forms the catalyst layer.
EXAMPLE 10
The following example describes exemplary electrodes 904 and 960 exhibiting long lifetimes, where each of the electrodes are for forming hydrogen peroxide. The electrode 960 was prepared with approximately double the loading of active material as electrode 904 and 50% more hydrophobic particles in the pretreatment. The voltage required to maintain an operating current of 300 mA/cm2 is shown in FIG. 16. The voltage remained below 1.5V for over 10,000 hours for electrodes 904 and 960, and the faradaic efficiency for hydrogen peroxide production remained above 95%.
EXAMPLE 11
The following example describes an exemplary electrode.
The electrode was prepared as in Example 10 and operated over a range of current densities for generating hydrogen peroxide. FIG.17 shows the results of the experiment. The voltage required for each applied current density is among the lowest reported for electrogeneration of hydrogen peroxide.
EXAMPLE 12
The following Example describes a method of treating an electrochemical system.
Electrodes in electrochemical systems may be fabricated to have a particular hydrophobicity (or hydrophilicity) that is desirable for certain applications. However, during operation of the electrochemical system, surface functionalities (e.g., oxygen) may form on some surfaces of the electrodes. This is particularly relevant in the case of carbon electrodes. The introduction of such surface functionalities may change the hydrophobicity (hydrophilicity) of the electrode from what was originally fabricated, which may cause adverse effects on electrochemical performance. For instance, an increase in hydrophilicity of the electrode, in some embodiments, may lead to a higher overpotential and/or undesirable side reactions which manifest as a decrease in current efficiency for a desired product. Additionally, feeds into the electrochemical systems (e.g., water, treated water, and/or electrolyte solutions) may occasionally or continuously contain contaminants, which may further alter the hydrophobicity of the electrode (e.g., by altering the hydrophobicity or otherwise) and/or cause undesirable side reactions (e.g., by catalytically decomposing an electrogenerated compound of interest). Such contaminants may be impractical to track. In this Example, an electrochemical cell comprising a cathode comprising a nonwoven carbon substrate (in accordance with embodiments of this disclosure) was operated to electrogenerate hydrogen peroxide for approximately 18,000 hours of operation. FIG. 18 shows a plot of the cell voltage and the current efficiency of the cell as a function of time. During the first 12,500 hours of operation, the cell was operated at a current density of 3 kA/m2 and the voltage varied between 1.2 and 1.5V. The current efficiency for peroxide generation was approximately 95-100%.
At approximately 12,500 hours of operation, an unknown contamination in the water feed to the cathode caused the current efficiency to drop to values as low as approximately 20%. The cell was shut down according to the procedures described elsewhere herein. A treatment solution comprising an aqueous solution containing ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA) was prepared using deionized water and recirculated through the cathodic electrode while oxygen also flowed through the cathode, in the form of a two-phase solution. Deionized water was then flushed through the cathode electrode for 5 minutes while oxygen continued to flow. The cell was restarted and the current efficiency temporarily recovered to approximately 50%. The procedure was repeated several times, with the cell eventually reaching a current efficiency of 95%. However, the current efficiency then decreased to below 80% over the next 2000 hours of operation. The loss in current efficiency is believed to have been caused by unknown contaminants promoting side reactions and/or decomposition of hydrogen peroxide, and it is believed that the EDTA chelated the unknown contaminant and removed the contaminant from the system, causing the temporary recovery to 95% current efficiency. The subsequent loss in current efficiency to 80% is believed to be caused by electrode flooding.
The current density was decreased to 1.5 kA/m2, and the current efficiency increased to approximately 85%. This increase in current efficiency was expected at lower operating current density as the overpotential is lower and therefore drives fewer side reactions. However, the efficiency did not improve further, and the cell was again shut down. An aqueous 0.3% sodium bisulfite solution was prepared from deionized water and recirculated through the cathodic electrode while oxygen also flowed through the cathode. This wash was carried out for 60 minutes. Then, deionized water was flushed through the cathode electrode for 5 minutes while oxygen continued to flow. The cell was then re-started at a current density of 1.5 kA/m2. Current efficiency increased to approximately 95%. After approximately 100 hours, the current density was increased to 3 kA/m2. The current efficiency remained stable at approximately 95% thereafter. The additional recovery in current efficiency to 95% is attributed to removal of surface oxidation by the reducing agent (the sodium bisulfite). The surface oxidation is believed to cause flooding of the electrode surface that decreases the current efficiency for the oxygen reduction reaction to hydrogen peroxide. Moreover, it is believed that the reducing agent also contributed to removal of contaminant.
While several embodiments of the present invention have been described and illustrated herein, those of ordinary skill in the art will readily envision a variety of other means and/or structures for performing the functions and/or obtaining the results and/or one or more of the advantages described herein, and each of such variations and/or modifications is deemed to be within the scope of the present invention. More generally, those skilled in the art will readily appreciate that all parameters, dimensions, materials, and configurations described herein are meant to be exemplary and that the actual parameters, dimensions, materials, and/or configurations will depend upon the specific application or applications for which the teachings of the present invention is/are used. Those skilled in the art will recognize, or be able to ascertain using no more than routine experimentation, many equivalents to the specific embodiments of the invention described herein. It is, therefore, to be understood that the foregoing embodiments are presented by way of example only and that, within the scope of the appended claims and equivalents thereto, the invention may be practiced otherwise than as specifically described and claimed. The present invention is directed to each individual feature, system, article, material, and/or method described herein. In addition, any combination of two or more such features, systems, articles, materials, and/or methods, if such features, systems, articles, materials, and/or methods are not mutually inconsistent, is included within the scope of the present invention.
The indefinite articles “a” and “an,” as used herein in the specification and in the claims, unless clearly indicated to the contrary, should be understood to mean “at least one. The phrase “and/or,” as used herein in the specification and in the claims, should be understood to mean “either or both” of the elements so conjoined, i.e., elements that are conjunctively present in some cases and disjunctively present in other cases. Other elements may optionally be present other than the elements specifically identified by the “and/or” clause, whether related or unrelated to those elements specifically identified unless clearly indicated to the contrary. Thus, as a non-limiting example, a reference to “A and/or B,” when used in conjunction with open-ended language such as “comprising” can refer, in one embodiment, to A without B (optionally including elements other than B); in another embodiment, to B without A (optionally including elements other than A); in yet another embodiment, to both A and B (optionally including other elements); etc.
As used herein in the specification and in the claims, “or” should be understood to have the same meaning as “and/or” as defined above. For example, when separating items in a list, “or” or “and/or” shall be interpreted as being inclusive, i.e., the inclusion of at least one, but also including more than one, of a number or list of elements, and, optionally, additional unlisted items. Only terms clearly indicated to the contrary, such as “only one of’ or “exactly one of,” or, when used in the claims, “consisting of,” will refer to the inclusion of exactly one element of a number or list of elements. In general, the term “or” as used herein shall only be interpreted as indicating exclusive alternatives (i.e. “one or the other but not both”) when preceded by terms of exclusivity, such as “either,” “one of,” “only one of,” or “exactly one of.” “Consisting essentially of,” when used in the claims, shall have its ordinary meaning as used in the field of patent law.
As used herein in the specification and in the claims, the phrase “at least one,” in reference to a list of one or more elements, should be understood to mean at least one element selected from any one or more of the elements in the list of elements, but not necessarily including at least one of each and every element specifically listed within the list of elements and not excluding any combinations of elements in the list of elements. This definition also allows that elements may optionally be present other than the elements specifically identified within the list of elements to which the phrase “at least one” refers, whether related or unrelated to those elements specifically identified. Thus, as a non-limiting example, “at least one of A and B” (or, equivalently, “at least one of A or B,” or, equivalently “at least one of A and/or B”) can refer, in one embodiment, to at least one, optionally including more than one, A, with no B present (and optionally including elements other than B); in another embodiment, to at least one, optionally including more than one, B, with no A present (and optionally including elements other than A); in yet another embodiment, to at least one, optionally including more than one, A, and at least one, optionally including more than one, B (and optionally including other elements); etc.
As used herein, “wt%” is an abbreviation of weight percentage.
Some embodiments may be embodied as a method, of which various examples have been described. The acts performed as part of the methods may be ordered in any suitable way. Accordingly, embodiments may be constructed in which acts are performed in an order different than illustrated, which may include different (e.g., more or less) acts than those that are described, and/or that may involve performing some acts simultaneously, even though the acts are shown as being performed sequentially in the embodiments specifically described above.
Use of ordinal terms such as “first,” “second,” “third,” etc., in the claims to modify a claim element does not by itself connote any priority, precedence, or order of one claim element over another or the temporal order in which acts of a method are performed, but are used merely as labels to distinguish one claim element having a certain name from another element having a same name (but for use of the ordinal term) to distinguish the claim elements.
In the claims, as well as in the specification above, all transitional phrases such as “comprising,” “including,” “carrying,” “having,” “containing,” “involving,” “holding,” and the like are to be understood to be open-ended, i.e., to mean including but not limited to. Only the transitional phrases “consisting of’ and “consisting essentially of’ shall be closed or semi-closed transitional phrases, respectively, as set forth in the United States Patent Office Manual of Patent Examining Procedures, Section 2111.03.

Claims

CLAIMS What is claimed is:
1. An electrode, comprising: a non-woven substrate including fibers comprising carbon; a first hydrophobic polymer formed on at least a portion of the non-woven substrate; and a catalyst layer comprising a second hydrophobic polymer and an active material comprising carbon, the active material having a surface area of greater than or equal to 5 m2/g and less than or equal to 5,000 m2/g and formed on at least a portion of the nonwoven substrate and/or the first hydrophobic polymer.
2. An electrode, comprising: a non-woven substrate including fibers comprising carbon; and a plurality of hydrophobic regions distributed on at least a portion of the nonwoven substrate, wherein at least a portion of the plurality is at least partially surrounded by a hydrophilic region.
3. A system, comprising the electrode of claim 1.
4. A system, comprising the electrode of claim 2.
5. The system of claim 3 or 4, wherein the electrode is configured to electrogenerate hydrogen peroxide.
6. The system of claim 5, wherein the system is configured to operate at a faradaic efficiency for generating hydrogen peroxide of greater than or equal to 95%.
7. The electrode of claim 1, wherein the first hydrophobic polymer comprises polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) particles.
8. The electrode of claim 1 or 7, wherein the second hydrophobic polymer comprises polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) particles.
9. The electrode of any one of claims 1 and 7-8, wherein the first and/or the second hydrophobic polymer comprises a PTFE powder and/or PTFE micropowder.
10. The electrode of any one of claims 1 and 7-9, wherein the non-woven substrate has a porosity of at least 0.85.
11. The electrode of any one of claims 1 and 7-10, wherein a thickness of the nonwoven substrate is greater than or equal to 0.75 mm.
12. The electrode of any one of claims 1 and 7-11, wherein a thickness of the nonwoven substrate is greater than or equal to 2 mm.
13. The electrode of any one of claims 11-12, wherein the thickness is an uncompressed thickness.
14. The electrode of any one of claims 1 and 7-13, wherein the non-woven substrate has an uncompressed thickness, wherein the substrate has a compressed thickness when incorporated into an electrochemical system, and wherein a ratio of the uncompressed thickness to the compressed thickness is greater than or equal to 1.05 and less than or equal to 2.0.
15. The electrode of any one of claims 1 and 7-14, wherein the non-woven substrate comprises elemental carbon.
16. The electrode of any one of claims 1 and 7-15, wherein the non-woven substrate comprises carbon felt.
17. The electrode of any one of claims 1 and 7-16, wherein the non-woven substrate is carbon felt.
18. The electrode of any one of claims claim 8-17, wherein the average largest cross- sectional dimension of the PTFE particles is no more than 25 microns.
19. The electrode of any one of claims claim 8-18, wherein the PTFE particles form a plurality of hydrophobic regions.
20. The electrode of claim 2, wherein the plurality of hydrophobic regions comprises a hydrophobic polymer.
21. The electrode of claim 2 or 20, wherein the hydrophobic polymer is PTFE.
22. The electrode of any one of claims 2 and 20-21, wherein the hydrophilic region comprises carbon.
23. The electrode of any one of claims 8-22, wherein the PTFE particles infiltrate at least 5% of a thickness of the non-woven substrate.
24. The electrode of any one of claims 8-23, wherein the PTFE particles infiltrate through a thickness of the non-woven substrate.
25. The electrode of any one of claims 1, 7-19, and 23-24, wherein the first and/or second hydrophobic polymer comprises PTFE from a dispersion and/or emulsion.
26. The electrode of any one of claims 1, 7-19, and 23-25, wherein the first and/or second hydrophobic polymer comprises a mixture of PTFE powder and/or micropowder and/or PTFE from a dispersion and/or emulsion.
27. An electrode, comprising: a non-woven substrate including fibers comprising carbon; a first hydrophobic polymer formed on at least a portion of the non-woven substrate; and a catalyst layer comprising a second hydrophobic polymer and an active material comprising carbon, wherein the electrode is configured to electrochemically generate hydrogen peroxide at a current density of greater than or equal to 300 mA/cm2 at a voltage of less than or equal to 1.5 V for greater than or equal to 1,000 hours when configured in a system comprising greater than or equal to 0.001 M and less than or equal to 4.8 M OH", greater than or equal to 0.001 M and less than or equal to 2 M H2O2, and having an average temperature of at least 35 degrees C.
28. The electrode of claim 27, wherein a counterion to the OH" is an alkali metal.
29. The electrode of claim 27 or 28, wherein the counterion to the OH" is Na+ and/or K+.
30. The electrode of any one of claims 27-29, wherein a molecular ratio of OH+ to H2O2 in the system is approximately 2 to 1.
31. A method, comprising: mixing a liquid and a gas to form a two-phase solution; flowing the two-phase solution over and/or through at least a portion of an electrode comprising a substrate including non-woven fibers comprising carbon; and applying a voltage to the electrode such that at least a portion of the gas participates in a reaction to electrochemically generate a compound at the electrode.
32. The method of claim 31, wherein a hydrophobic polymer and/or a catalyst layer is on the substrate.
33. The method of claim 31 or 32, wherein the electrode is contained in an electrochemical system having a volume of greater than or equal to 100 cm3, and wherein a flow rate of a liquid of the two-phase solution is greater than or equal to 30 mL/min and/or a mass flow rate of a gas of the two-phase solution is greater than or equal to 0.2 slpm.
34. The method of claim 33, wherein the flow rate of the liquid of the two-phase solution is greater than or equal to 30 mL/min on a per single cell basis and/or the mass flow rate of the gas of the two-phase solution is greater than or equal to 0.2 slpm on a per single cell basis.
35. The method of any one of claims 31-34, wherein the electrode has an electrochemically active geometric area greater than or equal to 1 cm2 on a per single cell basis, and wherein a flow rate of a liquid of the two-phase solution is greater than or equal to 30 mL/min and/or a mass flow rate of a gas of the two-phase solution is greater than or equal to 0.2 slpm on a per single cell basis.
36. The method of any one of claims 31-35, wherein the flow rate of the liquid of the two-phase solution is greater than or equal to 200 mL/min and the mass flow rate of the gas of the two-phase solution is greater than or equal to 5 slpm.
37. The method of any one of claims 31-36, wherein the flow rate of the liquid of the two-phase solution is greater than or equal to 200 mL/min on a per single cell basis and/or the mass flow rate of the gas of the two-phase solution is greater than or equal to 5 slpm on a per single cell basis.
38. The method of any one of claims 31-37, wherein the compound is hydrogen peroxide.
39. The method of any one of claims 31-38, wherein the gas comprises oxygen.
40. The method of any one of claims 31-39, wherein the liquid comprises an alkali hydroxide.
41. The method of any one of claims 31-40, wherein the liquid is flowed at a rate of at least 5 mL/min.
42. The method of any one of claims 41, wherein the liquid is flowed at a rate of at least 5 mL/min on a per single cell basis.
43. The method of any one of claims 31-42, wherein the gas is flowed at a mass flow rate of at least 0.5 slpm.
44. The method of claim 43, wherein the gas is flowed at a mass flow rate of at least 0.5 slpm on a per single cell basis.
45. The method of any one of claims 31-44, wherein the electrode is a cathode in a system.
46. The method of any one of claims 32-45, wherein the hydrophobic polymer is a first hydrophobic polymer and the catalyst layer comprises a second hydrophobic polymer and/or an active material comprising carbon, and wherein the catalyst layer is formed on at least a portion of the non-woven substrate and/or the first hydrophobic polymer.
47. The method of claim 46, wherein the active material has a surface area of greater than or equal to 5 m2/g and less than or equal to 5,000 m2/g.
48. The method of claim 46 or 47, wherein the first and/or second hydrophobic polymer comprises PTFE particles.
49. The method of any one of claims 46-48, wherein the catalyst layer comprises less than or equal to 0.01 wt% metal.
50. A method, comprising: flowing a solution over at least a portion of a surface area of an electrode in a compartment; electrochemically generating a compound in the solution at the electrode; flowing the solution from the electrode through an outlet of the compartment; and recirculating at least a portion of the solution from the outlet of the compartment to an inlet of the compartment such that the compound is present in the solution in an amount of greater than or equal to 0.2 wt%.
51. The method of claim 50, further comprising flowing the recirculated solution over and/or through at least the portion of the surface area of the electrode.
52. The method of any one of claims 50 or 51, further comprising withdrawing at least a portion of the solution comprising the electrogenerated compound.
53. The method of any one of claims 50-52, wherein the compound is hydrogen peroxide.
54. The method of any one of claims 50-53 wherein the electrode is part of a system comprising at least one gas manifold and at least one liquid manifold, wherein the at least one gas manifold and at least one liquid manifold feeds only one intersection of a gas and liquid inlet within a cathode or anode flow plate and/or flow frame within a cell.
55. The method of any one of claims 50-54, wherein the electrode comprises a substrate including non-woven fibers comprising carbon.
56. The method of claim 55, wherein a hydrophobic polymer and/or a catalyst layer is on the substrate.
57. The method of any one of claims 50-56, wherein the electrode is a cathode in a system.
58. The method of claim 56 or 57, wherein the hydrophobic polymer is a first hydrophobic polymer and the catalyst layer comprises a second hydrophobic polymer and/or an active material comprising carbon, and wherein the catalyst layer is formed on at least a portion of the non-woven substrate and/or the first hydrophobic polymer.
59. The method of claim 58, wherein the active material has a surface area of greater than or equal to 5 m2/g and less than or equal to 5,000 m2/g.
60. The method of claim 58 or 59, wherein the first and/or second hydrophobic polymer comprises PTFE particles.
61. The method of any one of claims 56-60, wherein the catalyst layer comprises less than or equal to 0.01 wt% metal.
62. A method of modifying an electrode, comprising: providing the electrode comprising a non-woven substrate including fibers comprising carbon; pretreating the electrode by applying a first solution comprising a liquid having a vapor pressure of greater than or equal to 1 kPa and a first hydrophobic polymer to the electrode; and applying a second solution comprising a second hydrophobic polymer and/or PTFE binder and an active material comprising carbon to the electrode.
63. The method of claim 62, wherein the liquid in the first solution comprises an organic solvent.
64. The method of claim 62 or 63, wherein the liquid in the first solution comprises a polar organic solvent.
65. The method of any one of claims 62-64, wherein the liquid in the first solution comprises an alcohol.
66. The method of any one of claims 62-65, wherein the liquid in the first solution comprises isopropyl alcohol.
67. The method of any one of claims 62-66, wherein the second solution comprises water.
68. The method of any one of claims 62-67, wherein the second solution comprises a surfactant.
69. The method of any one of claims 62-68, wherein the non-woven substrate comprises a carbon felt.
70. The method of any one of claims 62-69, further comprising heating the electrode.
71. The method of claim 70, wherein heating the electrode occurs in an atmosphere having a temperature of greater than or equal to 380 degrees C.
72. The method of claim 70 or 71, wherein heating the electrode occurs in a non- oxidative atmosphere.
73. The method of claim 72, wherein the non-oxidative atmosphere contains less than or equal to 1 wt% oxygen.
74. The method of any one of claims 70-73, wherein heating the electrode occurs in an atmosphere comprising N2 and/or Ar.
75. The method of any one of claims 62-74, wherein the liquid in the first solution has a vapor pressure of less than or equal to 30 kPa.
76. The method of any one of claims 62-75, wherein the first hydrophobic polymer comprises polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) particles.
77. The method of any one of claims 62-76, wherein the second hydrophobic polymer comprises polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) particles.
78. The method of claim 77, wherein the polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) particles of the first and/or second hydrophobic polymer are from a PTFE powder and/or micropowder
79. A method of electrochemically generating a compound, comprising: purging an electrode stack by flowing gas through the electrode stack; flowing water through the electrode stack; flowing an electrolyte through the electrode stack for greater than or equal to 1 minute while an absolute magnitude of an applied current is less than or equal to 0.1 mA/cm2; increasing the absolute magnitude of the applied current density by an amount greater than or equal to 15 mA/cm2 and less than or equal to 125 mA/cm2 every 5 minutes until the applied current density reaches at least 150 mA/cm2; electrochemically generating a compound in the electrode stack and heating the electrode stack to at least 35 degrees C while the applied current remains at least at 150 mA/cm2; and increasing the absolute magnitude of the applied current to at least 300 mA/cm2.
80. The method of claim 79, wherein the water flowed through the electrode stack is deionized water.
81. The method of claim 79 or 80, wherein the absolute magnitude of the applied current density is increased by 30 mA/cm2 every 5 minutes until the applied current density reaches at least 150 mA/cm2.
82. The method of any one of claims 79-81, wherein the compound is hydrogen peroxide.
83. The method of any one of claims 79-82, wherein heating the electrode stack comprises joule heating.
84. The method of any one of claims 79-83, wherein heating the electrode stack comprises heating the electrolyte solution.
85. The method of claim 84, wherein heating the electrolyte solution comprises joule heating.
86. The method of any one of claims 79-85, wherein heating the electrolyte solution and/or heating the electrode stack comprises using a resistive heating coil.
87. The method of any one of claims 79-86, wherein heating the electrode stack comprises using a heat exchanger.
88. The method of any one of claims 79-87, wherein an average temperature of the electrolyte solution is at least 35 degrees C when flowing into and/or through the electrode stack.
89. The method of any one of claims 79-88, wherein the absolute magnitude of the applied current density is increased by less than or equal to 10 mA/cm2/min.
90. The method of any one of claims 79-89, wherein electrochemically generating a compound occurs at an electrode in the electrode stack.
91. The method of claim 90, wherein the electrode comprises a substrate including non-woven fibers comprising carbon.
92. The method of claim 90 or 91, wherein the electrode further comprises a first hydrophobic polymer formed on at least a portion of the substrate.
93. The method of any one of claims 90-92, wherein the electrode further comprises a catalyst layer comprising a second hydrophobic polymer and/or an active material on at least a portion of the substrate.
94. The method of claim 92, wherein the first hydrophobic polymer and/or the second hydrophobic polymer comprises polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) particles.
95. The method of claim 93 or 94, wherein the second hydrophobic polymer comprises polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) particles.
96. The method of any one of claims 93-95, wherein the catalyst layer comprises an active material on at least a portion of the substrate, wherein the active material comprises carbon.
97. The method of any one of claims 93-96, wherein the active material comprises less than or equal to 0.01 wt% metal.
98. The method of any one of claims 91-97, wherein the substrate comprises a carbon felt.
99. A method of shutting down an electrode stack, comprising: electrochemically generating a compound in the electrode stack; decreasing an absolute magnitude of an applied current to the electrode stack to less than or equal to 0.1 mA/cm2; flowing liquid through the electrode stack for greater than or equal to 1 minute while the absolute magnitude of the applied current is less than or equal to 0.1 mA/cm2; and flowing gas through the electrode stack to purge the electrode stack of liquid.
100. The method of claim 99, wherein a flow rate of the liquid is greater than or equal to 0.2 mL/min and less than or equal to 5,000 mL/min on a per single cell basis.
101. The method of claim 99 or 100, wherein a mass flow rate of the gas is greater than or equal to 0.2 slpm and less than or equal to 50 slpm on a per single cell basis.
102. The method of any one of claims 99-101, further comprising flowing water through the electrode stack.
103. The method of claim 102, wherein the water flowed through the electrode stack is deionized water.
104. The method of any one of claims 102-103, wherein the gas and the liquid are flowed through the electrode stack at the same time in the form of a two-phase solution.
105. The method of any one of claims 99-104, wherein the gas is free of any CO2 or contains less than or equal to 5 wt% of CO2.
106. A method of cleaning an electrode stack, comprising: electrochemically generating a compound in the electrode stack; decreasing an absolute magnitude of an applied current to the electrode stack to less than or equal to 0.1 mA/cm2; removing a precipitate from the electrode stack by flowing a solution comprising a reducing agent and/or a chelating agent for less than or equal to 5 minutes; and flowing water through the electrode stack for greater than or equal to 30 minutes.
107. The method of claim 106, wherein the water flowed through the electrode stack is deionized water.
108. The method of any one of claims 106-107, wherein the electrode stack is cleaned at least once a year.
109. The method of any one of claims 106-108, further comprising flowing a gas through the electrode stack to dry the electrode stack.
110. The method of claim 109, wherein the gas is free of CO2 or contains less than or equal to 5 wt% of CO2.
111. The method of any one of claims 109- 110, wherein the gas and the water are flowed through the electrode stack at the same time in the form of a two-phase solution.
112. The method of any one of claims 106-111, wherein a lifetime of the electrode stack that is cleaned at least once a year is greater than or equal to 10,000 hours of continuous operation.
113. The method of any one of claims 106-112, wherein electrochemically generating a compound occurs at an electrode in the electrode stack.
114. The method of claim 113, wherein the electrode comprises a substrate including non-woven fibers comprising carbon.
115. The method of claim 113 or 114, wherein the electrode further comprises a first hydrophobic polymer formed on at least a portion of the substrate.
116. The method of any one of claims 113-115, wherein the electrode further comprises a catalyst layer comprising a second hydrophobic polymer and/or an active material on at least a portion of the substrate.
117. The method of claim 115 or 116, wherein the first hydrophobic polymer comprises polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) particles.
118. The method of claim 116 or 117, wherein the second hydrophobic polymer comprises polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) particles.
119. The method of any one of claims 116-118, wherein the active material comprises carbon.
120. The method of claim 116, wherein the active material comprises less than or equal to 0.01 wt% metal.
121. The method of any one of claims 114-120, wherein the substrate comprises a carbon felt.
122. The method of any one of claims 106-121, wherein the reducing agent comprises sodium hydrosulfite, sodium metabisulfite, and/or sodium sulfite.
123. The method of any one of claims 106-122, wherein the chelating agent comprises citric acid.
124. The method of any one of claims 111-123, wherein prior to forming the two- phase solution, the gas is passed through a liquid ring compressor.
125. The method of any one of claims 31-49, wherein prior to mixing the liquid and the gas to form a two-phase solution, the gas is passed through a liquid ring compressor.
126. The system of any one of claims 3-6, wherein the electrode is configured to electrogenerate a compound.
127. The method of any one of claims 62-78, further comprising repeating the step of pretreating the electrode.
128. A method of treating an electrochemical system, comprising: exposing at least a portion of an electrode of an electrochemical system that has undergone at least 100 hours of operation at a current density of greater than or equal to 20 mA/cm2 to a treatment solution comprising a reducing agent and/or a chelating agent.
129. The method of claim 128, wherein the electrochemical system has undergone at least 1,000 hours of operation at a current density of greater than or equal to 20 mA/cm2 when the exposing is performed.
130. The method of claim 128 or 129, further comprising restoring a current efficiency of the electrochemical cell to 70% of an efficiency before the at least 100 hours of operation.
131. The method of any one of claims 128-130, wherein the exposing the at least a portion of the electrode to the treatment solution comprises flowing the solution over and/or through the at least a portion of the electrode.
132. The method of any one of claims 128-131, further comprising removing at least a portion of a precipitate from the electrochemical system and/or a source of hydrophilicity and/or a contaminant from the at least a portion of the electrode.
133. The method of any one of claims 128-132, further comprising removing at least a portion of a source of surface oxidation from the at least a portion of the electrode.
134. The method of any one of claims 128-133, further comprising flowing water and a gas through the electrochemical system at the same time in the form of a two-phase solution for greater than or equal to 1 minute.
135. The method of claim 134, wherein the water flowed through the electrochemical system is deionized water.
136. The method of any one of claims 128-135, wherein the electrochemical system is an electrolytic system, a fuel cell, and/or an air battery.
137. The method of any one of claims 128-136, wherein operation of the electrochemical system comprises electrochemically generating a species.
138. The method of claim 137, wherein the species is hydrogen peroxide.
139. The method of any one of claims 128-138, wherein operation of the electrochemical system comprises electrochemically generating energy using the electrochemical system.
140. The method of any one of claims 128-139, wherein the electrode is a cathode.
141. The method of claim 140, wherein the cathode comprises an electrode as in any one of claims 1, 2, or 7-30.
142. The method of any one of claims 128-141, wherein the treatment solution comprises the reducing agent.
143. The method of claim 142, wherein the reducing agent comprises a bisulfite anion, ascorbic acid, oxalic acid, and/or thiosulfate anion.
144. The method of any one of claims 128-143, wherein the reducing agent comprises a bisulfite anion.
145. The method of claim 144, wherein the reducing agent comprises sodium bisulfite.
146. The method of any one of claims 128-145, wherein the treatment solution comprises the chelating agent.
147. The method of any one of claims 128-146, wherein the chelating agent comprises nitrilotriacetic acid (NTA), tripolyphosphate (TPP), citric acid, and/or ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA).
148. The method of any one of claims 128-147, wherein the chelating agent comprises ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA).
PCT/US2024/040779 2023-08-04 2024-08-02 Articles, systems, and methods for electrochemically generating chemical products WO2025034570A2 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US18/365,956 US20250043448A1 (en) 2023-08-04 2023-08-04 Modified electrodes and methods of making
US18/365,956 2023-08-04
US18/365,962 US20250043437A1 (en) 2023-08-04 2023-08-04 Two-phase solutions for electrochemically generating chemical products
US18/365,962 2023-08-04
US18/365,901 US20250043447A1 (en) 2023-08-04 2023-08-04 Articles, systems, and methods for electrochemically generating chemical products
US18/365,934 US20250043436A1 (en) 2023-08-04 2023-08-04 Methods of operation for systems for electrochemically generating chemical products
US18/365,934 2023-08-04
US18/365,901 2023-08-04

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2025034570A2 true WO2025034570A2 (en) 2025-02-13
WO2025034570A3 WO2025034570A3 (en) 2025-05-15

Family

ID=94535036

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2024/040779 WO2025034570A2 (en) 2023-08-04 2024-08-02 Articles, systems, and methods for electrochemically generating chemical products

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2025034570A2 (en)

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1988003966A1 (en) * 1986-11-20 1988-06-02 Fmc Corporation Cell for producing hydrogen peroxide
US8865359B2 (en) * 2010-07-27 2014-10-21 GM Global Technology Operations LLC Fuel cell having improved thermal characteristics
WO2015066630A1 (en) * 2013-11-01 2015-05-07 University Of Tennessee Research Foundation Reversible bifunctional air electrode catalyst
US20210351401A1 (en) * 2018-09-06 2021-11-11 Virginia Tech Intellectual Properties, Inc. Porous carbon fiber electrodes, methods of making thereof, and uses thereof
KR20220132348A (en) * 2021-03-23 2022-09-30 한국전력공사 Fluoride modified carbon nitride foam cathode materials and preparation method therefor, and electrochemical cell including same

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2025034570A3 (en) 2025-05-15

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP5031336B2 (en) Oxygen gas diffusion cathode for salt electrolysis
CN105073254B (en) Catalyst for fuel cell particle and its manufacture method
US10865490B2 (en) Carbon dioxide electrolytic device
JP2007242433A (en) Electrode catalyst for electrochemical reaction, method for producing the same, and electrode for electrochemical reaction having the electrode catalyst
CN110402303A (en) Preparation of Gas Diffusion Electrode with Ion Transport Resin for Electrochemical Reduction of CO2 to Chemically Useful Substances
CN115807236B (en) Carbon dioxide electrolysis device
KR20180037174A (en) Porous metal body, fuel cell, and method for producing porous metal body
WO2018037774A1 (en) Cathode, electrolysis cell for producing organic hydride, and organic hydride production method
CN115110103A (en) Carbon dioxide electrolysis device
JP2018080361A (en) Organic hydride manufacturing apparatus and organic hydride manufacturing method
KR20230066332A (en) seaweed
CN111373076A (en) Having mixed valence Cu4O3Ethylene selective electrode of catalyst
KR20220073190A (en) Porous membrane having surface layer of reduced hydrogen permeability and preparation method thereof
JP2002275670A (en) Ion exchange membrane electrolytic cell and electrolytic method
Rabiee et al. Advances and challenges of carbon‐free gas‐diffusion electrodes (GDEs) for electrochemical CO2 reduction
JP5000121B2 (en) Oxygen reducing gas diffusion cathode and salt electrolysis method
JP4868394B2 (en) Gas diffusion electrode and manufacturing method thereof, and fuel cell and salt electrolysis cell using the gas diffusion electrode
US20250043448A1 (en) Modified electrodes and methods of making
US20250043447A1 (en) Articles, systems, and methods for electrochemically generating chemical products
WO2025034570A2 (en) Articles, systems, and methods for electrochemically generating chemical products
US20250043436A1 (en) Methods of operation for systems for electrochemically generating chemical products
US20250043437A1 (en) Two-phase solutions for electrochemically generating chemical products
US20240158928A1 (en) Integrated electrolytic system for converting carbon oxides into carbon containing products
WO2023136979A2 (en) Scalable electrode flow fields for water electrolyzers and method of high-speed manufacturing the same
US20240117515A1 (en) Electrolytic device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 24852624

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A2